2 Corinthians 12 — Open Scroll

← Previous: 2 Corinthians 11 Next: 2 Corinthians 13 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

2 Corinthians 12

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 16 matching words in 11 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 15 matching words in 11 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 7 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 14 matching words in 7 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 37 matching words in 15 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 8 matching words in 7 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 10 matching words in 7 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 10 matching words in 7 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 10 matching words in 7 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

← Back to Numbers 24:4

← Back to Proverbs 25:27

← Back to Isaiah 1:1

← Back to Ezekiel 1:1

← Back to Ezekiel 11:1

← Back to Ezekiel 40:2

← Back to Daniel 7:1

← Back to Hosea 12:10

← Back to Romans 15:17

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 8:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:30

← Back to Ephesians 1:17

2 Corinthians 12:1

1I must needs glory though it is not expedient but I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord

Related verses (21)

glory

I must needs

not

it is … expedient

though

I will come

but

visions

and

revelations

of the Lord

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Καυχᾶσθαιkow-CHAH-sthai

δεῖday

οὐoo

συμφέρονsoom-FEH-rohn

μένmen

ἐλεύσομαιeh-LYOO-soh-mai

δὲdeh

εἰςays

ὀπτασίαςoh-ptah-SEE-ahs

καὶkai

ἀποκαλύψειςah-poh-kah-LOO-psays

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

The Pieces

ΚαυχᾶσθαιGreek verb

δεῖGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

συμφέρονGreek verb

μένGreek particle

ἐλεύσομαιGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

ὀπτασίαςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀποκαλύψειςGreek noun, feminine

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to boastI boast; I glory (exult) proudly.καυχάομαι, -ῶμαι, [in LXX for הלל hith., etc.;] to boast or glory (in LXX, of joyous exultation, and so in the NT quotations, infr.; cf. DB, ii, 790 b; Hort on Ja 1:9 ): absol., I Co 1:31 (LXX) I Co 4:7 13:3, II Co 10:13, 17 (LXX) 11:16, 18 12:1, 6, Eph 2:9, Ja 4:16; c. acc. rei, II Co 9:2 11:30; seq. ἐν (LXX), Ro 2:23 5:3, I Co 3:21, II Co 5:12 10:15 11:12 12:5, 9, Ga 6:13, 14, Ja 1:9; ἐν ( τ. ) θεῷ, Ro 2:17 5:11; ἐν κυρίῳ, I Co 1:31 (LXX), II Co 10:17 (LXX); ἐν Χ. Ἰησοῦ, Phl 3:3; seq. ἐπί c. dat., Ro 5:2; περί, c. gen., II Co 10:8; εἰς, II Co 10:16; ὑπέρ, c. gen. pers., II Co 7:14 12:5; ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, I Co 1:29 (cf. ἐν, κατα-καυχάομαι ).†Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

be profitableI bring together, collect; I am profitable to.συμ-φέρω [in LXX: Je 33 (26):14 ( טוֹב ), Pr 19:10 ( נָאוֶה ), Si 30:19, al.;] trans. to bring together: c. acc. rei, Ac 19:19. Intrans., and mostly impers., συμφέρει, it is expedient, profitable or an advantage: I Co 6:12 10:23, II Co 8:10; c. inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mt 19:10, Jo 18:14; c. dat., seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 5), Mt 5:29, 30 18:6, Jo 11:50 16:7. Ptcp., ςυμφέρων, profitable: I Co 12:7; pl., Ac 20:20; ( οὐ σ. sc. ἐστιν; = οὐ συμφέρει; cf. Thuc., iii, 44, 2), II Co 12:1; as subst., τὸ σ., profit, He 12:10.†Scroll for more

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

visionA vision, supernatural appearance.† ὀπτασία, -ας, ἡ (< ὀπτάζομαι, Nu 14:14 * = ὀπτάνομαι ), later form of ὄψις, [in LXX: Ma 3:2 ( ראה ni.), Da TH 9:23 10:1, 7, 8, 16 ( מַרְאֶה, מַרְאָה; LXX, ὅραμα, -σις ), Es 4:7, Si 43:2, 16 *;] an appearing, coming into view ( Ma 3:2, Es 4:7, Si 43:2, 16 ). a vision: Lk 1:22 24:23, Ac 26:19, II Co 12:1 ( Da 9:23 10:1, 7, 8, 16, also in MGr.).†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

revelationAn unveiling, uncovering, revealing, revelation.ἀπο-κάλυψις, -εως, ἡ (< ἀποκαλύπτω ), [in LXX: I Ki 20:30 ( עֶרְוָה ), Si 11:27 22:22 42:1 *;] an uncovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a revealing, revelation: a disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God: Lk 2:32, Ro 2:5 8:19 16:25, I Co 1:7 14:6, 26, II Co 12:1, 7, Ga 1:12 2:2, Eph 1:17 3:3, II Th 1:7, I Pe 1:7, 13 4:13, Re 1:1.† SYN.: ἐπιφάνεια, παρουσία, φανέρωσις (v. Tr., Syn., xciv; Lft., Notes, 102, 178; Westc, Eph., 178 f.; M, Th., 145 ff.; Cremer, 343).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Kings 8:27

← Back to 1 Kings 18:12

← Back to 2 Kings 2:16

← Back to 2 Chronicles 6:18

← Back to Psalms 148:4

← Back to Ezekiel 8:3

← Back to Ezekiel 43:5

← Back to Daniel 10:8

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:30

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:17

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:11

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:17

← Back to Revelation 1:10

← Back to Revelation 21:10

2 Corinthians 12:2

2I know a man in Christ fourteen years ago whether in the body I know not or whether out of the body I know not God knoweth such a one caught up even to the third heaven

Related verses (32)

I know

a man

Christ

ago

years

fourteen

whether

the body

not

I know

or whether

out

of the

body

not

I know

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

knoweth

caught up

The ASV does not translate this word.

such a one

even to

third

the … heaven

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

οἶδαOY-dah

ἄνθρωπονAHN-throh-pohn

ἐνen

Χριστῷchree-STOH

πρὸproh

ἐτῶνeh-TOHN

δεκατεσσάρωνdeh-kah-teh-SAH-rohn

εἴτεAY-teh

ἐνen

σώματιSOH-mah-tee

οὐκook

οἶδαOY-dah

εἴτεAY-teh

ἐκτὸςeh-KTOHS

τοῦtoo

σώματοςSOH-mah-tohs

οὐκook

οἶδαOY-dah

ὁhoh

θεὸςtheh-OHS

οἶδενOY-den

ἁρπαγένταhahr-pah-GEN-tah

τὸνtohn

τοιοῦτονtoy-OO-tohn

ἕωςHEH-ohs

τρίτουTREE-too

οὐρανοῦoo-rah-NOO

The Pieces

οἶδα

ἄνθρωπονGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

Χριστῷname of a title or other name

πρὸGreek preposition

ἐτῶνGreek noun, neuter

δεκατεσσάρωνGreek adjective

εἴτεGreek conditional

ἐνGreek preposition

σώματιGreek noun, neuter

οὐκGreek negative particle

οἶδα

εἴτεGreek conditional

ἐκτὸςGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

σώματοςGreek noun, neuter

οὐκGreek negative particle

οἶδα

ὁGreek article

θεὸς

οἶδεν

ἁρπαγένταGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

τοιοῦτονGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἕωςGreek preposition

τρίτουGreek adjective

οὐρανοῦGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to perceiveI know, remember, appreciate.οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, v. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: c. acc. rei, Mt 25:13, Mk 10:19, Jo 10:4, Ro 7:7, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 26:72, Jo 1:31, Ac 3:16, al.; τ. θεόν, I Th 4:5, Tit 1:16, al.; c. acc. et inf., Lk 4:41, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:6, Lk 20:21, Jo 3:2, Ro 2:2 11:2, al.; seq. quaest. indir., Mt 26:70, Jo 9:21, Eph 1:18, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl.), Mt 7:11, Lk 11:13, Phl 4:12, I Th 4:4, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: I Th 5:12 (but v. also ICC on I Th 4:4 ). SYN.: v.s. γινώσκω.Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

ChristAnointed; the Messiah, the Christ.χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (< χρίω ), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] as adj., of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Le 21:10 ); of persons, anointed ( ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Le 4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, II Mac 1:10 ): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ ( I Ki 2:10, Ps 2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2:11, 26 Jo 1:41, Ac 2:36 4:26, al. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:29, Lk 2:11, Jo 1:20, Ac 2:31, Ro 7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς Χ., Mk 1:1, Jo 1:17, Ac 2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mt 1:18, WH, mg. Ac 5:42, Ro 6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Lk 2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Ac 15:26, Ro 1:7, al.Scroll for more

before(a) of place: before, in front of, (b) of time: before, earlier than.πρό, prep. c. gen., [in LXX chiefly for לִפְנֵי;] before; of place: Ac 12:6, 14 14:13, Ja 5:9; π. προσώπου (= Heb. לִפְנֵי, De 3:18, Ma 3:1, al.; Bl., § 40, 9), Mt 11:10, Mk 1:2, Lk 1:76 7:27 9:52 10:1, Ac 14:13; of time: Mt 8:29 24:38, Lk 11:38 21:12, Jo 11:55 13:1 17:24, Ac 5:36 21:38, I Co 2:7 4:5, Eph 1:4, Col 1:17, II Ti 1:9 4:21, Tit 1:2, He 11:5, I Pe 1:20, Ju 25; π. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, fourteen years ago, II Co 12:2; π. προσώπου (v. supr.), Ac 13:24; c. gen. pers., Mt 5:12, Jo 5:7 10:8, Ro 16:7, Ga 1:17; c. gen. art. inf. (= πρίν; M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 69, 7), Mt 6:8, Lk 2:21 22:15, Jo 1:49 13:19 17:5, Ac 23:15, Ga 2:12 3:23; as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but independent of it; B1., § 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. Am 1:1, II Mac 15:36, and for other exx., Soph., Lex., s.v.), πρὸ ἓξ ἡμέρας τοῦ πασχα, on the sixth day bef. the Passover, Jo 12:1; of preference: π. πάντων, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; in compos., c. subst., of position before: προαύλιον, πρόδρομος; priority of rank or order, προπάτωρ; anticipation, πρόγνωσις, πρόνοια; c. adj., intensity, πρόδηλος; c. verb., of place, προάγω, προβαίνω; of preference, προαιρέομαι.†Scroll for more

yearA year.ἔτος, -ους, τό [in LXX for שָׁנֶה;] a year: Lk 3:1, He 1:12, Re 20:3, al.; ἔτη ἔχειν, Jo 5:5 8:57; εἶναι, γίνεσθαι, ἐτῶν, Mk 5:42, Lk 2:42, Ac 4:22, I Ti 5:9; dat. pl. of space of time, Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; acc, in ans. to how long? Mt 9:20, Mk 5:25, Lk 2:36, Ac 7:6, He 3:9, al.; preceded by a prep.: ἀπό, Lk 8:43, Ro 15:23; διά, c. gen. (v.s. διά ), Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1; ἐκ, Ac 24:10; εἰς, Lk 12:19; ἐπί, c. acc, Ac 19:10; μετά, c. acc, Ga 1:18 3:17; πρό, c. gen., II Co 12:2; κατ’ ἔτος, yearly, Lk 2:41 SYN.: ἐνιαυτός, q.v.; cf. LS, s.v. ἐνιαυτόςScroll for more

fourteenFourteen.† δεκατέσσαρες, -ων, oἱ, αἱ, -α, τά, [in LXX: Ge 31:41, To 8:19, al.;] = cl. τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα, more freq. in later Gk. than the older form and in MGr. (for thirteen and upwards) universal, fourteen: Mt 1:17, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:1 (cf. τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος ).†Scroll for more

whetherAnd if, whether.εἴτε, v.s. εἰ.Scroll for more

bodyBody, flesh; the body of the Church.σῶμα, -τος, τό, [in LXX for גְּוִיָּה,בָּשָׂר, etc., and for Aram. נְבֵלָה;] a body. Prop., of the human body, as always in Hom. (opp. to δέμας ), of the dead body: Mt 27:58, 59 Mk 15:43, al.; of the living body: Lk 11:34, I Co 6:13, al.; ἐν σ. εἶναι, He 13:3; as the instrument of the soul, τὰ διὰ τοῦ σ., II Co 5:10; opp. to πνεῦμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 5:3 7:4, Ja 2:26; to ψυχή, Mt 6:25 10:28, Lk 12:22 (cf. Wi 1:4, al.); to τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ., I Th 5:23; σ. ψυχικόν, opp. to σ. πνευματικόν, I Co 15:44; ὁ ναὸς τοῦ σ. αὐτοῦ (gen. epexeg.), Jo 2:21; τὸ σ. τ. ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν (Hebraistic "gen. of definition"; M, Pr., 73 f.; Bl., §35, 5), opp. to τὸ σ. τ. δοξῆς αὐτοῦ, Phl 3:21; similarly, τὸ σ. τ. σαρκός, Col 1:22; σ. τοῦ θανάτου (subject to death), Ro 7:24; σ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, Ro 6:6; periphr., ἀνθρώπου, then absol., σῶμα (Soph., Xen., al.), a person, and in later writers (Polyb., al.), a slave: Re 18:13 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160). Of the bodies of animals: living, Ja 3:3; dead, He 13:11 ( Ex 29:14, al.). Of inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies"): I Co 15:37, 38, 40 (Diod., al.). Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.): opp. to σκιά, Col 2:17. Metaph., of a number of persons united by a common bond; in NT, of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Ro 12:5, I Co 10:16, 17 12:13, 27, Eph 1:23 2:16 4:4, 12, 16 5:23, 30, Col 1:18, 24 2:19 3:15; ἓν σ. κ. ἓν πνεῦμα, Eph 4:4.Scroll for more

whetherAnd if, whether.εἴτε, v.s. εἰ.Scroll for more

outside/except(a) adv: (1) without, outside, beyond, (2) except, (3) subst: the outside, (b) prep: outside, apart from.ἕκτος, -η, -ον the sixth: Mt 20:5, alScroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

to seizeI seize, snatch, obtain by robbery.ἁρπάζω, [in LXX chiefly for גּזל, טרף;] to seize, catch up, snatch away, carry off by force: c. acc. rei, Mt 12:29 13:19, Jo 10:12, 28, 29; τ. βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Mt 11:12; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:15, Ac 8:39 23:10, Ju 23; pass., seq. ἕως, II Co 12:2; εἰς, II Co 12:4, I Th 4:17; πρός, Re 12:5 (cf. δι-, συν-αρπάζω, and v. MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

such as thisOf such a kind, such.τοιοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο (as usually in Att.. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut. -οῦτον in Al., Ac 21:25, Rec. only), correlat. of οἷος, ὁποῖος, ὥς, etc., such as this, of such a kind, such: Mt 9:8 18:5, Mk 4:33 6:2 7:13 9:37 (T, τούτων ), Jo 9:16, Ac 16:24, I Co 5:1 11:16, II Co 3:4, 12 12:3, He 7:26 8:1 12:3 13:16, Ja 4:16; οἷος... τ., I Co 15:48, II Co 10:11; id. pleonast. (v. Bl., § 50, 4), Mk 13:19; seq. ὁποῖος, Ac 26:29; ὥς, Phm 9. As subst., anarth: pl., Lk 9:9; c. art., ὁ τ., such a one (Bl., § 47, 9; Ellic. on Ga 5:21 ): Ac 22:22, I Co 5:5, al.; pl., Mt 19:14, Mk 10:14, al.; neut. pl., Ac 19:25, Ro 1:32, al.Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

thirdThird.τρίτος, -η, -ον the third: Mt 22:26, Mk 12:21 15:25, Lk 24:21, Ac 2:15, al.; τῇ τ. ἡμέρᾳ (i.e. the next day but one: Xen., al.; v. Field, Notes, 11 ff.), Mt 16:21, Lk 24:46, al.; substantively, acc. masc., τρίτον, a third (servant), Lk 20:12; neut., τὸ τ., c. gen., the third part of: Re 8:7-12 9:15, 18 12:4. As adv., τὸ τ., the third time: Mk 14:41, Jo 21:17; anarth., τρίτον, a third time, Lk 23:22, Jo 21:14, II Co 12:14 13:1; in enumerations, thirdly, I Co 12:28; ἐκ τ., a third time, Mt 26:44Scroll for more

heavenHeaven, (a) the visible heavens: the atmosphere, the sky, the starry heavens, (b) the spiritual heavens.οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl., οἱ οὐ., v. infr.);] heaven; of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opp. to ἡ γῆ, He 1:10, II Pe 3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mt 5:18, Mk 13:31, Lk 10:21, Ac 4:24, Re 10:6, al.; ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep., v. Bl., § 46, 5), Mt 24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ., Ac 2:5, Col 1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ., fig., Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 16:1, Mk 8:11, al.; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mt 24:30, al.; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 6:26, Mk 4:32, al.; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ., Re 6:13, al.; pl. ( οἱ ) οὐ. (Bl., § 32, 5), Mt 3:16, Mk 1:10, Jo 1:32, II Pe 3:7, 13 al. Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mt 24:36, Mk 12:25, Ga 1:8, Re 10:1, al.; of Christ glorified, Mk 16:[19], Lk 24:51, Ac 3:21, Ro 10:6, al.; of God, Mt 5:34, Ro 1:18, al.; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184 ff.), Mt 5:16 6:1, al.; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ., Mt 6:20, Mk 10:21, al. By meton., of the inhabitants of heaven: Re 18:20 (cf. Re 12:12, Jb 15:15, Is 44:23 ); as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204 ff.): Mt 21:25, Mk 11:30, Lk 15:18, Jo 3:27, al.; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ; v.s. βασιλεία ).Scroll for more

← Back to Ezekiel 11:24

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:2

2 Corinthians 12:3

3And I know such a man whether in the body or apart from the body I know not God knoweth

And

I know

The ASV does not translate this word.

such

a man

whether

the body

apart

from the

body

not

I know

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

knoweth

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

καὶkai

οἶδαOY-dah

τὸνtohn

τοιοῦτονtoy-OO-tohn

ἄνθρωπονAHN-throh-pohn

εἴτεAY-teh

ἐνen

σώματιSOH-mah-tee

εἴτεAY-teh

χωρὶςchoh-REES

τοῦtoo

σώματοςSOH-mah-tohs

οὐκook

οἶδαOY-dah

ὁhoh

θεὸςtheh-OHS

οἶδενOY-den

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

οἶδα

τὸνGreek article

τοιοῦτονGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἄνθρωπονGreek noun, masculine

εἴτεGreek conditional

ἐνGreek preposition

σώματιGreek noun, neuter

εἴτεGreek conditional

χωρὶςGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

σώματοςGreek noun, neuter

οὐκGreek negative particle

οἶδα

ὁGreek article

θεὸς

οἶδεν

What It Can Mean

whetherAnd if, whether.εἴτε, v.s. εἰ.Scroll for more

withoutApart from, separately from; without.χωρίς adv., separately, apart: Jo 20:7. As prep., c. gen., separate from, apart from, without (practically equiv. to ἄνευ; v. Field, Notes, 103): Mt 13:34, Mk 4:34, Lk 6:49, Jo 1:3 15:5, Ro 3:21, 28 4:6 7:8, 9 10:14, I Co 4:8 11:11, II Co 12:3, Eph 2:12, Phl 2:14, I Ti 2:8 5:21, Phm 14, He 4:15 7:7, 20 9:7, 18 9:22, 28 10:28 11:6, 40 12:8, 14 ( οὗ χωρίς; v. Bl., § 82, 3), Ja 2:18, 20, 26; besides: Mt 14:21 15:38, II Co 11:28.†Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 23:43

← Back to 1 Corinthians 13:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:2

← Back to 1 Peter 1:8

← Back to Revelation 2:7

2 Corinthians 12:4

4how that he was caught up into Paradise and heard unspeakable words which it is not lawful for a man to utter

Related verses (3)

Ezekiel 31:9 | Luke 23:43 | Revelation 2:7

how that

he was caught up

into

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paradise

and

heard

unspeakable

words

which

not

it is … lawful

for a man

to utter

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἡρπάγηhayr-PAH-gay

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

παράδεισονpah-RAH-day-sohn

καὶkai

ἤκουσενAY-koo-sen

ἄρρηταAH-ray-tah

ῥήματαRAY-mah-tah

ἃhah

οὐκook

ἐξὸνeh-KSOHN

ἀνθρώπῳahn-THROH-poh

λαλῆσαιlah-LAY-sai

The Pieces

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἡρπάγηGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

παράδεισονGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἤκουσενGreek verb

ἄρρηταGreek adjective

ῥήματαGreek noun, neuter

ἃGreek relative pronoun

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἐξὸνGreek verb

ἀνθρώπῳGreek noun, masculine

λαλῆσαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

paradiseParadise.παράδεισος, -ου, ὁ (an Oriental word, first used by Xen. of the parks of Persian kings and nobles), [in LXX chiefly for גַּן, Ge 1:8 ff., al.; also for עֵדֶן, Is 51:3; פַּרְדֵּס, Ne 2:8, Ec 2:5;] a park, pleasure-ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in π., v. MM, ii, xviii; Deiss., BS, 148). Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead: Lk 23:43, II Co 12:4, Re 2:7.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

inexpressibleNot to be uttered (because too sacred), secret, unspeakable, unspoken.** ἄρρητος, -ον (< ἀ- neg., ῥητός, ῥέω ), [in Sm.: Le 18:23 *;] unspoken (Hom., al.). unspeakable (Hat., al.; freq. in Inscr.; MM, s.v.): II Co 12:4.†Scroll for more

declarationA thing spoken, (a) a word or saying of any kind, as command, report, promise, (b) a thing, matter, business.ῥῆμα, -τος, τό [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for פֶּה, and Aram. פִּתְגָּם, etc.;] prop., of that which is said or spoken, a word: Mt 27:14, II Co 12:4; pl., τὰ ῥ., of speech, discourse, Lk 7:1, Jo 8:20, Ac 2:14, Ro 10:18, II Pe 3:2, al.; opp. to ὄνομα (a single word), a saying, statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase ): Mt 26:75, Mk 9:32, Lk 1:38 2:50, Ac 11:16, Ro 10:8, He 11:3; ῥ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Lk 3:2, Ac 11:16, Eph 6:17, He 6:5 11:3, I Pe 1:25 (LXX); τὰ ῥ. τ. θεοῦ, Jo 3:34 8:47; ῥ. ἀργόν, Mt 12:36; ῥ. ἄρρητα, II Co 12:4. Like Heb. דָּבָר (but perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124; Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter ( Ge 15:1, De 17:8, al.): Lk 1:37 2:15, Ac 10:37; pl., Lk 1:65 2:19, 51, Ac 5:32 13:42Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

be permittedIt is permitted, lawful, possible.ἔξ-εστι (< εἰμί ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful: Mk 2:24, Ac 8:37 (R, mg.), I Co 10:23; c. inf., Mt 12:2, 10, 12 14:4 15:26 19:3 22:17 27:6, Mk 3:4 12:14, Lk 6:2, 9 14:3, Jo 5:10; seq. acc., Mk 2:26, Lk 6:4 20:22; c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 20:15, Mk 6:18 10:2, Jo 18:31, Ac 16:21 21:37 22:25 (inf. understood), I Co 6:12; ἐξόν (sc. ἐστί ), Ac 2:29, II Co 12:4; ἐξὸν ἦν, Mt 12:4.†Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 8:26

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:30

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:9

← Back to Hebrews 5:2

2 Corinthians 12:5

5On behalf of such a one will I glory but on mine own behalf I will not glory save in my weaknesses

Related verses (2)

2 Corinthians 12:9-10 | 2 Corinthians 11:30

On behalf of

The ASV does not translate this word.

such a one

will I glory

on … behalf

but

mine own

not

I will … glory

save

weaknesses

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τοῦtoo

τοιούτουtoy-OO-too

καυχήσομαιkow-CHAY-soh-mai

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

δὲdeh

ἐμαυτοῦeh-mow-TOO

οὐoo

καυχήσομαιkow-CHAY-soh-mai

εἰay

μὴmay

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

ἀσθενείαιςah-stheh-NAY-ais

The Pieces

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

τοιούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

καυχήσομαιGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐμαυτοῦGreek reflexive pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

καυχήσομαιGreek verb

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

ἀσθενείαιςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

above/forGen: in behalf of; acc: above.ὑπέρ (when following subst.—poët.— ὕπερ; so as adv., II Co 11:23 ), prep. c. gen., acc. C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaph., for, on behalf of: of prayer, Mt 5:44, Ac 8:24, Ro 10:1, Ja 5:16, al.; of laying down life, Jo 10:11, Ro 9:3, al.; esp. of Christ giving his life for man's redemption, Mk 14:24, Jo 10:15, Ac 21:13, Ro 5:6-8, al.; opp. to κατά, Mk 9:40, Lk 9:50, Ro 8:31. Causal, for, because of, for the sake of: c. gen. pers., Ac 5:41, Ro 1:5, Phl 1:29, II Co 12:10, al.; c. gen. rei, Jo 11:4, Ro 15:8, II Co 1:6, al. = ἀντί (v. M, Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: I Co 15:29, II Co 5:15, 21 Ga 3:13, Col 1:7, Phm 13 (cf. Field, Notes, 225). In more colourless sense, = περί (M, Pr., l.c.), for, concerning, with regard to: Ro 9:27, II Co 1:6 8:23 12:8, Phl 1:7, II Th 2:1, al. C. acc., primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than: Mt 10:24, 37 Lk 6:40, Ac 26:13, I Co 10:13, II Co 1:8, Eph 1:22 3:20, Phm 16, al.; after comparatives = than ( Jg 11:25, al.), Lk 16:8, He 4:12. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more: ὕπερ ἐγώ, I more, II Co 11:23; in compounds, v.s. ὑπεράνω, ὑπερλίαν, ὑπερπερισσῶς. In composition: over ( ὑπεραίρω ), beyond ( ὑπερβάλλω ), more ( ὐπερνικάω ), on behalf of ( ὐπερεντυγχάνω ).Scroll for more

myselfOf myself.ἐμαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, reflex pron. of first pers., used only in gen., dat. and acc sing., of myself: Lk 7:7, al.; ἀπ’ ἐ., Jo 5:30 7:17, 28 8:28, 42 10:18 14:10; ὑπ’ ἐμαυτόν, Mt 8:9, Lk 7:8Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

weakness: weakWant of strength, weakness, illness, suffering, calamity, frailty.

← Back to Romans 15:18

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:16

2 Corinthians 12:6

6For if I should desire to glory I shall not be foolish for I shall speak the truth but I forbear lest any man should account of me above that which he seeth me to be or heareth from me

Related verses (9)

For

I should desire

to glory

not

I shall … be

foolish

the truth

for

I shall speak

I forbear

but

lest

any man

should account

above

that which

he seeth

me to be

heareth

The ASV does not translate this word.

from

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

ἐὰνeh-AHN

γὰρgahr

θελήσωtheh-LAY-soh

καυχήσασθαιkow-CHAY-sah-sthai

οὐκook

ἔσομαιEH-soh-mai

ἄφρωνAH-frohn

ἀλήθειανah-LAY-thay-ahn

γὰρgahr

ἐρῶeh-ROH

φείδομαιFAY-doh-mai

δέdeh

μήmay

τιςtees

εἰςays

ἐμὲeh-MEH

λογίσηταιloh-GEE-say-tai

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

ὃhoh

βλέπειBLEH-pay

μεmeh

ἢay

ἀκούειah-KOO-ay

τιtee

ἐξeks

ἐμοῦeh-MOO

The Pieces

ἐὰνGreek conditional

γὰρGreek conjunction

θελήσωGreek verb

καυχήσασθαιGreek verb

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἔσομαιGreek verb

ἄφρωνGreek adjective

ἀλήθειανGreek noun, feminine

γὰρGreek conjunction

ἐρῶGreek verb

φείδομαιGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

μήGreek negative particle

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

ἐμὲGreek pronoun

λογίσηταιGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

ὃGreek relative pronoun

βλέπειGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

ἢGreek conjunction

ἀκούειGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

ἐξGreek preposition

ἐμοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

to will/desireI will, wish, desire, am willing, intend, design.θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415 f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; c. neg., מאן pi., etc.;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more freq. than βούλομαι, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., v. Thayer, 286; but v. also Bl., §24, s.v.): absol., Ro 9:16, I Co 4:19 12:18, Ja 4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Ac 18:21; c. acc. rei, Mt 20:21, Mk 14:36, Jo 15:7, Ro 7:15, 16, I Co 4:21 7:36, Ga 5:17; c. inf., Mt 5:40, Mk 10:43, Jo 6:21, 67, Ro 7:21, Ga 4:9; c. acc. et inf., Mk 7:24, Lk 1:62, Jo 21:22, 23, Ro 16:19, I Co 14:5, Ga 6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mt 18:30, al.; id. c. inf., Mt 2:18, Mk 6:26, Jo 5:40, I Co 16:7; seq. ἵνα, Mt 7:12, Mk 6:25, Jo 17:24; opp. to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Ro 7:15, 19, II Co 8:10, 11, Phl 2:13; seq. ἤ ( ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179 24 ), I Co 14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ ( of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, c. acc. pers., Mt 27:43; c. acc. rei, Mt 9:13 12:7, He 10:5, 8; c. inf., I Pe 3:10; for אמר, c. inf., Ac 7:28 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.).Scroll for more

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

foolishSenseless, foolish, inconsiderate.ἄφρων, -ον gen. -ονος (< φρήν ), [in LXX for כְּסִיל, נָבָל, etc.;] without reason, senseless, foolish, expressing "want of mental sanity and sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind" (Hort; cf. MM, s.v.): Lk 11:40 12:20, Ro 2:20, I Co 15:36, II Co 11:16 12:6, 11, I Pe 2:15; opp. to φρόνιμος, II Co 11:19; to συνιέντες, Eph 2:17.†Scroll for more

truthTruth, but not merely truth as spoken; truth of idea, reality, sincerity, truth in the moral sphere, divine truth revealed to man, straightforwardness.ἀλήθεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἀληθής ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמֶת (on which, v. Cremer, 627f.), אֱמוּנָה;] truth (v. DB, iv, 818f.). Objectively, "the reality lying at the basis of an appearance; the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86): Ro 9:1, al.; of religious truth, Ro 1:25, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2:5, al.; ἀ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:8. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8:44, III Jo 3. In phrases (MM, VGT, s.v.): ἐπ’ ἀληθείας, Mk 12:14, al.; ἀ. λέγειν ( εἰπεῖν, λαλεῖν ), Ro 9:1, II Co 12:6, Eph 4:25, al.; ἀ. ποιεῖν, Jo 3:21, I Jo 1:6 (cf. DB, iv, 818b, ff.).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to spareI spare, abstain, forbear.φείδομαι [in LXX for חמל, חוּס, חשׂךְ, etc.;] to spare: II Co 13:2; c. gen. pers., Ac 20:29, Ro 8:32 11:21, I Co 7:28, II Co 1:23, II Pe 2:4, 5; c. inf., to forbear, II Co 12:6.†Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to countI reckon, count, charge with; reason, decide, conclude; think, suppose.λογίζομαι (< λόγος ), [in LXX chiefly for חשׁב;] prop., of numerical calculation, to count, reckon: c. acc. seq. μετά, Mk 15:23 (LXX) (Rec., R, mg.), Lk 22:37. Metaph., without reference to numbers, by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons; to reckon, take into account: c. acc. rei, I Co 13:5; id. seq. dat. pers., Ro 4:3 (LXX), 4, 6, 8 (LXX), II Co 5:19, II Ti 4:16; seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. נֶחֱשׁב לְ; Bl., § 33, 3), Ac 19:27, Ro 2:26 4:3, 5, 9-11, 22-24 9:8, Ga 3:6 (LXX), Ja 2:23 (LXX); to consider, calculate: c. acc. rei, Phl 4:8; seq. ὅτι, Jo 11:50, He 11:10; τοῦτο, ὅτι, II Co 10:11; c. acc. pers., c. inf., Ro 6:11; seq. ὡς, Ro 8:36 (LXX); to suppose, judge, deem: I Co 13:11; ὡς, I Pe 5:12; οὕτως, I Co 4:1; c. acc. rei, II Co 3:5; id. seq. εἰς, II Co 12:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:18; τοῦτο, ὅτι, Ro 2:3, II Co 10:7; c. inf., II Co 11:5; acc. et inf., Ro 3:28 14:14, Phl 3:13; c. acc. pers. seq. ὡς, II Co 10:2; to purpose, decide: c. inf. (Eur., Or., 555), II Co 10:2 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, παρα-, συλ-λογίζομαι ).†Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 32:25

← Back to Genesis 32:31

← Back to Deuteronomy 17:20

← Back to Deuteronomy 33:16

← Back to Judges 15:18

← Back to 2 Samuel 24:2

← Back to 1 Kings 19:3

← Back to 2 Kings 5:1

← Back to 1 Chronicles 21:2

← Back to 2 Chronicles 32:25

← Back to Job 1:12

← Back to Job 16:11

← Back to Job 33:17

← Back to Psalms 30:6

← Back to Psalms 77:2

← Back to Isaiah 39:2

← Back to Ezekiel 28:24

← Back to Daniel 10:8

← Back to Matthew 6:13

← Back to Matthew 14:30

← Back to Luke 11:4

← Back to Luke 22:40

← Back to Acts 20:19

← Back to Romans 7:24

← Back to Romans 12:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:21

← Back to Galatians 4:13

← Back to Philippians 4:12

← Back to 1 Timothy 3:6

← Back to Hebrews 2:18

← Back to James 5:13

← Back to Revelation 12:7

← Back to Revelation 12:9

2 Corinthians 12:7

7And by reason of the exceeding greatness of the revelations that I should not be exalted overmuch there was given to me a thorn in the flesh a messenger of Satan to buffet me that I should not be exalted overmuch

Related verses (17)

And

by reason of the

exceeding greatness

of the

revelations

that

not

I should … be exalted overmuch

there was given

to me

a thorn

in the

flesh

a messenger

of Satan

buffet

that

not

I should … be exalted overmuch

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

καὶkai

τῇtay

ὑπερβολῇhoo-pehr-boh-LAY

τῶνtohn

ἀποκαλύψεωνah-poh-kah-LOO-pseh-ohn

ἵναHEE-nah

μὴmay

ὑπεραίρωμαιhoo-peh-RAI-roh-mai

ἐδόθηeh-DOH-thay

μοιmoy

σκόλοψSKOH-lohps

τῇtay

σαρκίsahr-KEE

ἄγγελοςAHN-geh-lohs

Σατανᾶsah-tah-NAH

ἵναHEE-nah

μεmeh

κολαφίζῃkoh-lah-FEE-zay

ἵναHEE-nah

μὴmay

ὑπεραίρωμαιhoo-peh-RAI-roh-mai

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

ὑπερβολῇGreek noun, feminine

τῶνGreek article

ἀποκαλύψεωνGreek noun, feminine

ἵναGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

ὑπεραίρωμαιGreek verb

ἐδόθηGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

σκόλοψGreek noun, masculine

τῇGreek article

σαρκίGreek noun, feminine

ἄγγελοςGreek noun, masculine

Σατανᾶname of a title or other name

ἵναGreek conjunction

μεGreek pronoun

κολαφίζῃGreek verb

ἵναGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

ὑπεραίρωμαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

surpassingExcess, surpassing excellence, preeminence; adv: exceedingly.** ὑπερ-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ὑπερβάλλω ), [in LXX: καθ’ ὑ., IV Mac 3:18 *;] a throwing beyond. Metaph., excess, superiority, excellence: II Co 4:7 12:7; καθ’ ὑπερβολήν, beyond measure, exceedingly, Ro 7:13, I Co 12:31, II Co 1:8, Ga 1:13; κ. ὑ. εἰς ὑ., beyond all measure, II Co 4:17.†Scroll for more

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

be haughtyLit: I raise beyond, uplift; mid: I lift myself up, exalt myself, am arrogant.ὑπερ-αίρω [in LXX: II Ch 32:23 ( נָשָׂא ni.), etc.;] to lift or raise over. Mid., to uplift oneself: II Co 12:7; seq. ἐπί, c. acc, pers., II Th 2:4 (cf. II Mac 5:23 ).†Scroll for more

to giveI offer, give; I put, place.δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן (53 words in all);] to give —in various senses, acc. to context— bestow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, yield: absol., Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4:9 5:31, Jo 1:12, al. mult.; c. dat. pers., seq. ἐκ, Mt 25:8; id. c. gen. part.. Re 2:17; c. acc. pers., Jo 3:16, Re 20:13, al.; δεξιάς, Ga 2:9; φίλημα, Lk 7:45; γνῶσιν, Lk 1:77; κρίσιν, Jo 5:22; of seed yielding fruit, Mk 4:7, 8; ἐργασίαν (Deiss., LAE, 117f.), Lk 12:58; c. inf. fin., Mt 27:34, Mk 5:43, Lk 8:55, Jo 6:52, al.; c. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 1:74, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ac 2:27, Re 3:9; c. dupl. acc., Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45, Eph 1:22 4:11, II Th 3:9, I Ti 2:6, al.; ἑαυτὸν δ. εἰς (Polyb., al.), Ac 19:31; c. dat. pers., seq. κατά (MM, Exp., xi), Re 2:28 (LXX); δ. ἵνα, Re 3:9; δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην, Re 3:8. SYN.: δωρέομαι.Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

thornA stake or thorn; fig: a sharp affliction.σκόλοψ, -οπος, ὁ [in LXX: Nu 33:55 ( שֵׂךְ ), Ho 2:6 (8) ( סִיר ), Ez 28:24 ( סִלּוֹן ), Si 43:19 *;] anything pointed, esp. in cl., a stake In Hellenistic vernacular, a thorn (cf. LXX, ll. c.): σ. τῇ σαρκί, II Co 12:7 (cf. MM, i., xxiii; DB, iii, 700 f.; Deiss., St. Paul, 62 f.; Field, Notes, 187).†Scroll for more

fleshFlesh, body, human nature, materiality; kindred.σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for בָּשָׂר;] flesh; as in cl. generally, prop., of the soft substance of the animal body: I Co 15:39, II Co 12:7, Ga 6:13, al.; σ. καὶ αἷμα, I Co 5:50; σ. καὶ ὀστέα, Lk 24:39; pl., of the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Re 17:16 19:18; φαγεῖν, Re, ll. c. (cf. κατεσθίειν, IV Ki 9:36, al., and βιβρώσκειν, freq. in l.); metaph., Ja 5:3; mystically, φ. (τρώγειν) τὴν σ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου, Jo 6:52-56; Of the whole substance of the body, = σῶμα: Ac 2:26 (LXX), 31, II Co 12:7, Ga 4:14, Eph 5:29; μία σ., Mk 10:8; εἰς σ. μίαν ( Ge 2:24 ), Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, I Co 6:16, Eph 5:31; hence, of the material as opp. to the immaterial part of man (cf. Lft., Notes, 88): opp. to πνεῦμα, I Co 5:5, II Co 7:1, Col 2:5, I Pe 3:18, 4:6; to ψύχη, Ac 2:31, Rec.; of the present life, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Ro 7:5, Ga 2:20, Phl 1:22, 24 I Pe 4:2; of Christ's life on earth, αἱ ἡμέραι τ. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, He 5:7; of things pertaining to the body, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Ga 6:12, 13, Phl 3:3, 4. As in Heb. idiom, of a living creature: πᾶσα σ. (Heb. כָּל־בָּשָׂר; cf. Bl., § 47, 9), Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, I Pe 1:24; esp. of man and his mortality ( Ps 55 (56):5, Si 28:5, al.), Jo 1:14; πᾶσα σ. (v. supr.), Lk 3:6, Jo 17:2, Ac 2:17, ἐν σ., I Jo 4:2, I Ti 3:16; of natural origin and relationship ( Ge 2:24, Is 58:7, al.): τέκνα τῆς σ., Ro 9:8; κατὰ σάρκα, ib. 3, 5, I Co 10:18, Ga 4:23, 29; ἡ σ. μου, Ro 11:14 (cf. Jg 9:2, II Ki 5:1, al.). Of the physical nature as subject to sensation and desire (Plut.), without any ethical disparagement: Ro 7:18 13:14; opp. to πνεῦμα, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38; τ. θέλημα τῆς σ., Jo 1:13; ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σ., I Jo 2:16; pl., II Pe 2:18; παθεῖν σαρκί, I Pe 4:1; in ethical sense, esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful desires: opp. to νοῦς, Ro 7:25; to πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4-9, 12, 13, Ga 5:16, 17, 19 6:8 (cf. DB, ii, 14f.; iv, 165f.; Cremer, 844 ff.).Scroll for more

angelA messenger, generally a (supernatural) messenger from God, an angel, conveying news or behests from God to men.ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מַלְאָךְ;] a messenger, one sent: Mt 11:10, Ja 22:25. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk 1:11, or to execute them, as Mt 4:6. The ἄ. in Re 1:20 2:1, al., is variously understood as a messenger or delegate, a bishop or ruler, a guardian angel, the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap )., in l.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, s.v.; Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

SatanAn adversary, Satan.Σατανᾶς, -ᾶ (so also Sir 21:30, but in III Ki 11:14, σατάν indecl.; Heb. שָׂטָן; Aram. סָטָנָא, whence the inflected Gk. form), ό, Satan (i.e. the adversary, as in LXX, ll. c.): Mt 4:10 12:26, Mk 1:13 3:23, 26 4:15, Lk 10:18 11:18 13:16 22:3, 31, Jo 13:27, Ac 5:3 26:18, Ro 16:20, I Co 5:5 7:5, II Co 2:11 11:14, I Th 2:18, II Th 2:9, I Ti 1:20 5:15, Re 2:9, 13, 24 3:9 12:9 20:2, 7; addressed in person of Peter, Mt 16:23 Mk 8:33; ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ, II Co 12:7.†Scroll for more

to beatI strike with the fist, buffet; hence: I mistreat violently.*† κολαφίζω (< κόλαφος = Att., κόνδυλοι, the knuckles, the closed fist ), to strike with the fist, to buffet: Mt 26:67, Mk 14:65, II Co 12:7; pass., I Co 4:11, I Pe 2:20.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 32:26

← Back to Leviticus 13:58

← Back to Deuteronomy 3:23

← Back to Deuteronomy 3:26

← Back to Nehemiah 8:10

← Back to Job 33:29

← Back to Psalms 6:9

← Back to Psalms 34:4

← Back to Psalms 107:6

← Back to Psalms 138:3

← Back to Matthew 26:44

← Back to Romans 8:26

← Back to Romans 12:12

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:13

← Back to Hebrews 4:16

← Back to Revelation 3:8

2 Corinthians 12:8

8Concerning this thing I besought the Lord thrice that it might depart from me

Related verses (7)

Concerning … thing

this

thrice

the

Lord

I besought

that

it might depart

from

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τούτουTOO-too

τρὶςtrees

τὸνtohn

κύριονKOO-ree-ohn

παρεκάλεσαpah-reh-KAH-leh-sah

ἵναHEE-nah

ἀποστῇah-poh-STAY

ἀπahp

ἐμοῦeh-MOO

The Pieces

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

τρὶςGreek adverb

τὸνGreek article

κύριονGreek noun, masculine

παρεκάλεσαGreek verb

ἵναGreek conjunction

ἀποστῇGreek verb

ἀπGreek preposition

ἐμοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

of thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

three timesThree times.τρίς (< τρεῖς ), adv., thrice: Mt 26:34, 75, Mk 14:30, 72, Lk 22:34, 61, Jo 13:38, II Co 11:25 12:8; ἐπὶ τ., Ac 10:16 11:10.†Scroll for more

to plead/comfort(a) I send for, summon, invite, (b) I beseech, entreat, beg, (c) I exhort, admonish, (d) I comfort, encourage, console.παρα-καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for נחם ni., pi.;] to call to one, call for, summon: Ac 28:20 (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat ); hence (of the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: τ. πατέρα μου, Mt 26:53; τ. κύριον, II Co 12:8; in late writers (Polyb., Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in π., v. Deiss., LAE, 176 14 ), also of men: absol., Phm 9; c. acc., Mt 8:5, Mk 1:40, Ac 16:9, al.; c. inf., Mk 5:17, Lk 8:41, Ac 8:31, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14:36, Mk 5:18, Lk 8:31, al. to admonish, exhort: absol., Lk 3:18, Ro 12:8, II Ti 4:2, al.; c. acc., Ac 15:32, I Th 2:11, He 3:13, al.; id. seq. inf., Ac 11:23, Ro 12:1, Phl 4:2, I Th 4:10, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), I Co 1:10, II Co 8:6, I Th 4:1, al. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 4:3, Is 35:3, Si 43:24, al.): c. acc., II Co 1:6, Eph 6:22, Col 2:2, al.; id. seq. ἐν, I Th 4:18; διά, II Co 1:4; pass., Mt 5:4, Lk 16:25, Ac 20:12. SYN.: παραμυθέω (cf. M, Th., 25).Scroll for more

to leaveI make to stand away, draw away, repel, take up a position away from, withdraw from, leave, abstain from.ἀφ-ίστημι, [in LXX for סור, מעל, etc. (41 words in all);] trans. in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put away, lead away; metaph., to move to revolt: Ac 5:37. Intrans. in pf., plpf., 2 aor., to stand off, depart from, withdraw from: c. gen., Lk 2:37; seq. ἀπό, Lk 4:13 13:27, Ac 5:38 12:10 15:38 19:9 22:29, II Co 12:8; metaph., ἀπὸ ἀδικίας, II Ti 2:19; ἀπὸ θεοῦ, ( fall away, apostatize ), He 3:12. Mid. (exc. 1 aor., wh. is trans.), to withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from: Lk 2:37; metaph., fall away, apostatize: absol., Lk 8:13; c. gen., I Ti 4:1 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 308).†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 4:44

← Back to Deuteronomy 11:8

← Back to Deuteronomy 33:25

← Back to Judges 7:11

← Back to Judges 14:14

← Back to 1 Samuel 2:4

← Back to 1 Samuel 15:29

← Back to 2 Samuel 22:33

← Back to 1 Kings 19:8

← Back to 2 Kings 2:15

← Back to 1 Chronicles 16:28

← Back to 1 Chronicles 29:14

← Back to 2 Chronicles 14:11

← Back to Nehemiah 6:9

← Back to Job 17:9

← Back to Job 23:6

← Back to Psalms 8:2

← Back to Psalms 18:29

← Back to Psalms 27:1

← Back to Psalms 27:14

← Back to Psalms 31:4

← Back to Psalms 68:28

← Back to Psalms 73:26

← Back to Psalms 84:5

← Back to Psalms 89:17

← Back to Psalms 119:173

← Back to Proverbs 18:14

← Back to Song of Solomon 8:3

← Back to Song of Solomon 8:5

← Back to Isaiah 40:29

← Back to Isaiah 40:31

← Back to Isaiah 41:10

← Back to Isaiah 41:17

← Back to Isaiah 43:2

← Back to Isaiah 45:24

← Back to Daniel 10:18

← Back to Daniel 10:19

← Back to Habakkuk 3:19

← Back to Zechariah 12:5

← Back to Matthew 11:30

← Back to Romans 7:25

← Back to Romans 8:37

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:10

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:15

← Back to Ephesians 3:16

← Back to Ephesians 6:10

← Back to Philippians 4:13

← Back to Colossians 1:11

← Back to Colossians 1:29

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:12

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:8

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:1

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:17

← Back to Hebrews 11:34

← Back to Hebrews 12:5

← Back to James 1:2

← Back to 1 Peter 1:6

← Back to 1 Peter 4:13

← Back to 2 Peter 1:3

← Back to Revelation 12:10

2 Corinthians 12:9

9And he hath said unto me My grace is sufficient for thee for my power is made perfect in weakness Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my weaknesses that the power of Christ may rest upon me

Related verses (34)

And

he hath said

unto me

is sufficient

for thee

The ASV does not translate this word.

grace

for

power

weakness

is made perfect

Most gladly

therefore

rather

will I … glory

The ASV does not translate this word.

weaknesses

that

may rest

upon

the

power

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Christ

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

καὶkai

εἴρηκένAY-ray-ken

μοιmoy

Ἀρκεῖahr-KAY

σοιsoy

ἡhay

χάριςCHAH-rees

μουmoo

ἡhay

γὰρgahr

δύναμιςDOO-nah-mees

ἐνen

ἀσθενείᾳah-stheh-NAY-ah

τελεῖταιteh-LAY-tai

ἥδισταHAY-dee-stah

οὖνoon

μᾶλλονMAH-lohn

καυχήσομαιkow-CHAY-soh-mai

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

ἀσθενείαιςah-stheh-NAY-ais

μουmoo

ἵναHEE-nah

ἐπισκηνώσῃeh-pee-skay-NOH-say

ἐπep

ἐμὲeh-MEH

ἡhay

δύναμιςDOO-nah-mees

τοῦtoo

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εἴρηκένGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

ἈρκεῖGreek verb

σοιGreek pronoun

ἡGreek article

χάριςGreek noun, feminine

μουGreek pronoun

ἡGreek article

γὰρGreek conjunction

δύναμιςGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

ἀσθενείᾳGreek noun, feminine

τελεῖταιGreek verb

ἥδισταGreek adjective

οὖνGreek conjunction

μᾶλλονGreek adverb

καυχήσομαιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

ἀσθενείαιςGreek noun, feminine

μουGreek pronoun

ἵναGreek conjunction

ἐπισκηνώσῃGreek verb

ἐπGreek preposition

ἐμὲGreek pronoun

ἡGreek article

δύναμιςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

What It Can Mean

be sufficientI keep off, assist; I suffice; pass: I am satisfied.ἀρκέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for הוֹן, etc.;] to keep off; c. dat., to assist. to suffice: c. dat. pers., Jo 6:7, II Co 12:9; impers., Mt 25:9, Jo 14:8 (MM, s.v.). Pass., to be satisfied: c. dat. rei, Lk 3:14, I Ti 6:8, He 13:5; seq. ἐπί, III Jn 10.†Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

grace(a) grace, as a gift or blessing brought to man by Jesus Christ, (b) favor, (c) gratitude, thanks, (d) a favor, kindness.χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., acc., χάριν ( χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157), [in LXX chiefly for חֵן;] objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22. Subjectively, on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1:30, Ac 14:26, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, al.; opp. to ὀφείλημα, Ro 4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Ro 11:6; on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Ro 6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Lk 17:9, I Ti 1:12, al. Objectively, of the effect of grace, a state of grace: Ro 5:2, II Ti 2:1, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 3:18; a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour ): Jo 1:16, Ac 6:8, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:10, II Co 9:8, Ga 2:9, Eph 3:2, I Pe 5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, v. AR, Eph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.).Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

power(a) physical power, force, might, ability, efficacy, energy, meaning (b) plur: powerful deeds, deeds showing (physical) power, marvelous works.δύναμις, -εως, ἡ (< δύναμαι ), [in LXX chiefly for חַיִל ( חֵיל ), ץָבָא, גְּבוּרָה, עֹו, etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; relatively, ability, power to perform: Mt 25:15, Ac 3:2, He 11:11; κατὰ δ., II Co 8:3; παρὰ δ., ib.; ὑπὲρ δ., II Co 1:8; of pecuniary ability, II Co 8:3, Re 18:3; absol., power, might: Lk 24:49, Ac 1:8; opp. to ἀσθένεια, I Co 15:43; ἡ δ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, I Co 15:56; of power in action, Ro 1:16, 20, I Co l:18, Phl 3:10, al. ἡ δ. τ. Θεοῦ, Mt 22:29, Mk 12:24, Ro 1:20, al.; opp. to μόρφωσις, II Ti 3:5; in doxologies, Re 4:11 7:12, al.; ἐν δ., Mk 9:1, Lk 4:36, Ro 1:4, al.; of the power of performing miracles, Ac 6:8, II Th 2:9; pl., Mt 13:54, Mk 6:14, Ga 3:5, al.; of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), I Co 14:11. By meton., of persons or things; of God, Mt 26:64, Mk 14:62 (Dalman, Words, 200 ff.); of angels, Ro 8:38, Eph 1:21, I Pe 3:22; of armies, pl. [LXX for צְבָאוֺת ], metaph., of the stars, Mt 24:29, Mk 13:25, Lk 21:26; of that wh. manifests God's power: Christ, I Co 1:24; τ. εὐαγγέλιον, Ro 1:16; ἡ δ. τ. κυρίου, I Co 5:4; of mighty works (Tr., Syn., § xci), δ. ποιεῖν, Mk 6:5 9:39; pl., Mt 7:22, Mk 6:2, Lk 10:13, al.; σημεῖα κ. δ.,. Ac 8:13; δ. κ. τέρατα κ. σημεῖα, Ac 2:22, II Co 12:12. SYN.: βία, ἐνέργεια, ἐξουσία, ἰσχύς, κράτος (v. Tr., l.c.; Cremer, 218, 236; DB, i, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188).Scroll for more

weakness: weakWant of strength, weakness, illness, suffering, calamity, frailty.

to finish(a) I end, finish, (b) I fulfill, accomplish, (c) I pay.τελέω, -ῶ (< τέλος ), [in LXX for כָּלָה, pi., etc.;] to bring to an end, complete, finish: τ. δρόμον, II Ti 4:7; τ. λόγους, Mt 7:28 19:1 26:1; τ. παραβολάς, Mt 13:53; τ. πόλεις, Mt 10:23; pass., Re 15:8 20:3, 5, 7; c. ptcp., Mt 11:1. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil: Lk 2:39, Ac 13:29, Ro 2:27, II Co 12:9, Ga 5:16, Ja 2:8, Re 11:7; pass., Lk 12:50 18:31 22:37, Jo 19:28, 30, Re 10:7 15:1 17:17. to pay (freq. in cl.): Mt 17:24, Ro 13:6 (cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-τελέω ).†Scroll for more

most gladlyMost gladly, most pleasantly.ἥδιστα, v.s. ἡδέως.Scroll for more

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

moreMore, rather.μάλα, adv., [in LXX for אֲבָל, III Ki 1:43, Da LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Nu 13:32 ( 31 ), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ ( מ ), Ge 19:9, al.; superlat., II Mac 8:7, IV Mac 4:22 12:9 15:4;] Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.). Compar., μᾶλλον. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mk 10:48, Lk 18:39, Ro 5:15, 17, Phl 2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Lk 12:24, Ro 11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ... ὅσῳ, He 10:25. Of comparison, the more: Lk 5:15, Jo 5:18, Ac 5:14, I Th 4:1, 10, II Pe 1:10; ἔτι μ. καὶ μ., Phl 1:9; c. compar., Mk 7:36, II Co 7:13; πολλῴ μ. κρεῖσσον, Phl 1:23; μ. διαφέρειν, c. gen., Mt 6:26; μ. ἤ, Mt 18:13; c. gen., I Co 14:18; as periphr. for compar., Ac 20:35, I Co 9:15, Ga 4:27; μ. δέ (EV, yea rather ), Ro 8:34. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, πολλῷ, Mt 6:30, al.; πολύ, He 12:25; πόσῳ, Mt 7:11, al.; in a question, οὐ μ., I Co 9:12; after a neg., Mt 10:6, al.; θέλω ( εὐδοκῶ ) μ., I Co 14:5, II Co 5:8; ζηλῶ, I Co 14:1; c. subst., τ. σκότος ἢ τ. φῶς, Jo 3:19; μ. δέ, Ga 4:9. Superl., μάλιστα, most, most of all, above all: Ac 20:38 25:26, Ga 6:10, Phl 4:22, I Ti 4:10 5:8, 17, II Ti 4:13, Tit 1:10, Phm 16, II Pe 2:10; μ. γνώστης, Ac 26:3.Scroll for more

weakness: weakWant of strength, weakness, illness, suffering, calamity, frailty.

to rest upon/dwellI raise a tent (over), dwell, spread a tabernacle over.*† ἐπι-σκηνόω, -ῶ to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over: metaph., seq. ἐπ’ ἐμέ (RV, rest upon, cover ), II Co 12:9.†Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 3:21

← Back to Romans 4:20

← Back to Romans 15:1

← Back to Romans 15:30

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:4

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:9

← Back to Galatians 6:14

← Back to Hebrews 10:33

← Back to Hebrews 11:26

← Back to Hebrews 11:37

← Back to Hebrews 13:13

← Back to James 1:2

← Back to 1 Peter 3:14

← Back to 1 Peter 4:14

2 Corinthians 12:10

10Wherefore I take pleasure in weaknesses in injuries in necessities in persecutions in distresses for Christ’s sake for when I am weak then am I strong

Related verses (22)

Wherefore

I take pleasure

weaknesses

injuries

necessities

persecutions

distresses

for … sake

Christ’s

when

for

I am weak

then

strong

am I

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

διὸdee-OH

εὐδοκῶyoo-doh-KOH

ἐνen

ἀσθενείαιςah-stheh-NAY-ais

ἐνen

ὕβρεσινHOO-breh-seen

ἐνen

ἀνάγκαιςah-NAHN-kais

ἐνen

διωγμοῖςdee-ohg-MOYS

ἐνen

στενοχωρίαιςsteh-noh-choh-REE-ais

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

ὅτανHOH-tahn

γὰρgahr

ἀσθενῶah-stheh-NOH

τότεTOH-teh

δυνατόςdoo-nah-TOHS

εἰμιay-mee

The Pieces

διὸGreek conjunction

εὐδοκῶGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἀσθενείαιςGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

ὕβρεσινGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

ἀνάγκαιςGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

διωγμοῖςGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

στενοχωρίαιςGreek noun, feminine

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

ὅτανGreek conjunction

γὰρGreek conjunction

ἀσθενῶGreek verb

τότεGreek adverb

δυνατόςGreek adjective

εἰμιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

thereforeWherefore, on which account, therefore.διό conjunct. for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account: Mt 27:8, Lk 7:7, Ac 15:19, Ro 1:24, al.; δ. καί, Lk 1:35, Ac 10:29 24:26, Ro 4:22 15:22, II Co 1:20 4:13 5:9, Phl 2:9, He 11:12 13:12 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4:31 ).Scroll for more

to delightI am well-pleased, think it good, am resolved.† εὐ-δοκέω, -ῶ (on the derivation, v. BL, § 28, 6) [in LXX chiefly for רָצָה, also for אָבָה, חָפֵץ, etc.;] c. inf. (Polyb., al.), to be well pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in π. in legal documents; Milligan, Th., 22 f.): Lk 12:32, Ro 15:26-27, I Co 1:21, Ga 1:15, Col 1:19, R, mg. ( ICC, in l., but v. infr.), I Th 2:8 3:1; μᾶλλον εὐ., II Co 5:8; c. acc et inf. (Polyb., i, 8, 4), Col, l.c., R, txt. (Lft., in l). to be well pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; c. dat. (Polyb., al.; I Mac 1:43, I Es 4:39 ): II Th 2:12; as freq. in LXX, c. acc: Mt 12:13, He 10:5, 8 (LXX); seq. ἐν (cf. Heb. רָצָה בְּ, Ps 149:4 ): Mt 3:17 17:5, Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 134 f.; DCG, i,308 b), I Co 10:5, II Co 12:10, He 10:38 (LXX); seq. εἰς: II Pe 1:17. (cf. συν-ευδοκέω, and v. Cremer, 213 f.; Field, Notes, 48 f.; DCG, i, 355 a.)†Scroll for more

weakness: weakWant of strength, weakness, illness, suffering, calamity, frailty.

mistreatment(a) insult, injury, outrage, (b) damage, loss.ὕβρις, -εως, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for גָּאוֹן and cogn. forms;] wantonness, insolence. = ὕβρισμα, an act of wanton violence, an outrage, injury: II Co 12:10; metaph., of a loss by sea (Pind.), Ac 27:10, 21 (v. MM, xxv).†Scroll for more

necessityNecessity, constraint, compulsion; there is need to; force, violence.ἀνάγκη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for מָצוֹק, צַר;] necessity: ἔχειν ἀ-, c. inf., to be compelled, Lk 14:18 23:17 (Rec., R, mg.), I Co 7:37, Ju 3, He 7:27; ἐξ ἀ., κατ ' ἀ., of necessity, II Co 9:7, He 7:12, Phm 14; ἀ. μοι ἐπίκειται, n. is laid on me, I Co 9:16; c. inf. (= ἀναγκαῖον ἐστι ), Mt 18:7, Ro 13:5, He 9:16, 23 force, violence, hence pain, distress (Diod., al.; LXX; v. M, Th., 41; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. θλίψις ): Lk 21:23, I Co 7:26, I Th 3:7; pl. (v. Bl., § 32, 6; Swete, Mk., 153), ἐν ἀ., II Co 6:4 12:10.†Scroll for more

persecutionChase, pursuit; persecution.διωγμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< διώκω ), [in LXX: Pr 11:19 ( רדף pi.), La 3:19 ( מָרוּד ), II Mac 12:23 *;] persecution: Mt 13:21, Mk 4:17 10:30 Ac 8:1 13:50, Ro 8:35, II Co 12:10, II Th 1:4, II Ti 3:11.†Scroll for more

hardshipA narrow space, great distress, anguish.στενοχωρία, -ας, ἡ (v. supr.) [in LXX for צוּקָה, etc.;] narrowness of space, want of room (Thuc., al.). Metaph. (Xen., Polyb., De 28:53, Wi 5:3, al.), difficulty, distress: θλίψις καὶ ( ἢ ) σ., Ro 2:9 8:35 (EV, anguish ); pl. (cf. Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220), II Co 6:4 12:10.† SYN.: θλίψις, q.vScroll for more

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

be weak: weakI am weak (physically: then morally), I am sick.ἀσθενέω, -ῶ (< ἀσθενής ), [in LXX chiefly for כּשׁל;] to be weak, feeble: Ac 20:35, Ro 8:3, II Co 11:21 12:10 13:4, 9; c. dat., πίστει (Cremer, 527), Ro 4:19 14:1; same implied, Ro 14:2, 21, I Co 8:11, 12, II Co 11:29; εἰς, II Co 13:3. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick: Mt 25:36, 39, Lk 4:40, Jo 4:46 5:3, 7, 13 11:1-3, 6, Ac 9:37, Phl 2:26, 27, II Ti 4:20, Ja 5:14; οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες, the sick: Mt 10:8 (MM, s.v.), Mk 6:56, Lk 9:2, Ac 19:12.†Scroll for more

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

able(a) of persons: powerful, able, (b) of things: possible.δυνατός, -ή, -όν (< δύναμαι ), [in LXX for גִּבּוֹר, חַיִל, etc.;] strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Lk 1:49, 1 Col 1:26; οἱ δ., the chief men, Ac 25:5; of spiritual strength, Ro 15:1, II Co 12:10 13:9; seq. ἐν, Lk 24:19, Ac 7:22 18:24; πρός, II Co 10:4. C. inf., able to do; Lk 14:31, Ac 11:17, Ro 4:21 11:23, II Ti 1:12, Tit 1:9, He 11:19, Ja 3:2. Neut., δυνατόν, possible: Mt 19:26, Mk 9:23 10:27 14:36, Lk 18:27, Ac 2:24 20:16; εἰ δ. ( ἐστι ), Mt 24:24 26:39, Mk 13:22 14:35, Ro 12:18, Ga 4:15; τὸ δ. (= ἡ δύναμις ) αὐτοῦ, Ro 9:22.†Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 32:10

← Back to Numbers 12:3

← Back to Job 13:2

← Back to Job 27:6

← Back to Proverbs 20:6

← Back to Proverbs 27:2

← Back to Isaiah 34:12

← Back to Isaiah 40:17

← Back to John 8:14

← Back to Acts 16:15

← Back to Romans 1:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:28

← Back to 1 Corinthians 7:40

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 13:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:9

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:16

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:1

← Back to Galatians 2:6

← Back to Galatians 2:11

← Back to Galatians 6:3

← Back to Philippians 4:15

2 Corinthians 12:11

11I am become foolish ye compelled me for I ought to have been commended of you for in nothing was I behind the very chiefest apostles though I am nothing

Word By Word, In Greek Order1I am become | 2foolish | 3ye | 4me | 5compelled | 6I | 7for | 8ought | 9of | 10you | 11to have been commended | 12in nothing | 13for | 14was I behind | 15the | 16very chiefest | 17apostles | 18though | 19— | 20nothing | 21I am

Related verses (10)

I am become

foolish

compelled

for

ought

you

to have been commended

in nothing

for

was I behind

the

very chiefest

apostles

though

The ASV does not translate this word.

nothing

I am

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

ΓέγοναGEH-goh-nah

ἄφρωνAH-frohn

ὑμεῖςhoo-MAYS

μεmeh

ἠναγκάσατεay-nahn-KAH-sah-teh

ἐγὼeh-GOH

γὰρgahr

ὤφειλονOH-fay-lohn

ὑφhoof

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

συνίστασθαιsoo-NEE-stah-sthai

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

γὰρgahr

ὑστέρησαhoo-STEH-ray-sah

τῶνtohn

ὑπερλίανhoo-pehr-LEE-ahn

ἀποστόλωνah-poh-STOH-lohn

εἰay

καὶkai

οὐδένoo-DEN

εἰμιay-mee

The Pieces

ΓέγοναGreek verb

ἄφρωνGreek adjective

ὑμεῖςGreek pronoun

μεGreek pronoun

ἠναγκάσατεGreek verb

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὤφειλονGreek verb

ὑφGreek preposition

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

συνίστασθαιGreek verb

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὑστέρησαGreek verb

τῶνGreek article

ὑπερλίανGreek adjective

ἀποστόλωνGreek noun, masculine

εἰGreek conditional

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐδένGreek adjective

εἰμιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

to compelI force, compel, constrain, urge.ἀναγκάζω (< ἀνάγκη ), [in LXX: Pr 6:7 ( שֹׁטֵר ), I Es 3:24, I Mac 2:25, al.;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain: c. acc., II Co 12:11; id. c. inf., Mt 14:22, Mk 6:45, Lk 14:23, Ac 26:11 (on the impf. here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2:14 6:12; pass., C. inf., Ac 28:19, Ga 2:3 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to oweI owe, ought.ὀφείλω, [in LXX: De 15:2, Is 24:2 ( נשׁה, נשׁא ), Ez 18:7 ( חוב ), Wi 12:15, 20, al.;] to owe, be a debtor: c. acc. rei, Mt 18:28, Lk 7:41 16:7, Phm 18; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 18:28, Lk 16:5. Pass., to be owed, to be due: τ. ὀφειλόμενον, Mt 18:30, 34. Metaph.: absol. (= Rabbinic חַיָּב; v. McNeile, in l.), Mt 23:16, 18; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Ro 13:8; c. inf., to be bound or obliged to do (of. Westc., Epp. Jo., 50), Lk 17:10, Jo 13:14 19:7, Ac 17:29, Ro 15:1, 27, I Co 5:10 7:36 9:10 11:7, 10, II Co 12:14, Eph 5:28, II Th 1:3 2:13, He 2:17 5:3, 12, I Jn 2:6 3:16 4:11, III Jn 8; ὤφειλον συνίστασθαι, I ought to have been commended, II Co 12:11. In peculiar Aram. sense of having wronged one (v.s. ὀφείλημα; but of. also Inscr. ἁμαρτίαν ὀφείλω, Deiss., BS, 225), c. dat. pers., Lk 11:4 (cf. προσ-οφείλω ).†Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

to commendI place together, commend, prove, exhibit; instrans: I stand with; I am composed of, cohere.συν-ίστημι [in LXX for צוה pi., קהל ni., etc.; I Mac 12:43, II Mac 4:24, III Mac 1:19 (and freq. in these books);] trans., to commend, recommend: c. acc. pers., II Co 3:1 6:4 10:12, 18; id. c. dat., Ro 16:1 (as freq. at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., LAE, 226), II Co 5:12; seq. πρός, II Co 4:2; pass., seq. ὑπό, II Co 12:11; to show, prove, establish: c. acc., Ro 3:5 5:8, II Co 6:4; dupl. acc., Ga 2:13; acc. et inf., II Co 7:11 Intrans., pf., συνέστηκα (as also 2 aor. and plpf.); to stand with or near: Lk 9:32; to be composed of, consist, cohere: Col 1:17 (v. Lft., in l.), II Pe 3:5.†Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

to lackI fall behind, am lacking, fall short, suffer need, am inferior to.ὑστερέω, -ῶ (< ὕστερος ), [in LXX for חָסֵר, חָדַל etc.;] to come late, be behind (opp. to προτερέω, φθάνω; c. gen. rei, for; c. gen. pers., later than ). Metaph., of persons, absol., to come short, fail: He 4:1; seq. ἀπό, 12:15.; c. gen. pers., to come short of, be inferior to: II Co 11:5; οὐδέν (in nothing, in no respect), ib. 12:11; with reference to things, to come short ( of ), be in want ( of ): c. acc rei, Mt 19:20 ( Si 51:24 ); c. gen. rei, Lk 22:35; so mid. (Diod., FlJ), Ro 3:23; absol., to be in want, suffer want, Lk 15:14, I Co 8:8, II Co 11:8, He 11:37 ( Si 11:11 ); opp. to περισσεύειν, Phl 4:12; seq. ἐν, I Co 1:7. Of things, to fail, be lacking: Jo 2:3; c. acc pers. (v. Swete, in l.; Mozley, Ps., 42), Mk 10:21; to be inferior: mid., I Co 12:24 (cf. ἀφ-υστερέω ).†Scroll for more

arrogantProud, arrogant, disdainful.ὑπερήφανος, -ον (< ὑπέρ, φαίνομαι, c. η pleonast., v. Kühner3, I, 189) [in LXX for זֵד, גֵּאֶה, לוּץ, etc.;] showing oneself above others; in good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid; more freq. in had sense, and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (v. Westc. Epp. Jo., 65 b ): Ro 1:30, II Ti 3:2; διανοίᾳ καρδίας, Lk 1:51; opp. to ταπεινός (as in Pr 3:34 ), Ja 4:6, I Pe 5:5 (LXX).† SYN.: ἀλαζών, ὑβριστής, v. Tr., Syn., § xxixScroll for more

apostleA messenger, envoy, delegate, one commissioned by another to represent him in some way, especially a man sent out by Jesus Christ Himself to preach the Gospel; an apostle.ἀπόστολος, -ου, ὁ (< ἀποστέλλω ), [in LXX; III Ki 14:6 A ( שְׁלִיחַ )*;] a fleet, an expedition (Dem.). a messenger, one sent on a mission (Hdt., LXX, III Ki 14:6, and π.; v. M, Pr., 37 f.; MM, s.v.; M, Th., i, 2:7 and reff.): Jo 13:16, II Co 8:23, Phl 2:25. In NT, an Apostle of Christ with special ref. to the Twelve: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:14, Lk 11:49, Eph 3:5, Re 18:20, al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1:1, 11 ff, I Ti 2:7, a1.; in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14:14, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, I Th 2:6, and perhaps Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Ro 16:7 (v. ICC, in l.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship: II Co 11:5, 13, Re 2:2. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126; DCG, i, 105; Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.)Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 5:12

← Back to Acts 21:19

← Back to Romans 15:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:4

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:11

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:3

← Back to Galatians 3:5

2 Corinthians 12:12

12Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience by signs and wonders and mighty works

Related verses (7)

the

Truly

signs

of an

apostle

were wrought

among

you

all

patience

by signs

The ASV does not translate this word.

and

wonders

and

mighty works

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

τὰtah

μὲνmen

σημεῖαsay-MAY-ah

τοῦtoo

ἀποστόλουah-poh-STOH-loo

κατειργάσθηkah-tayr-GAH-sthay

ἐνen

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ἐνen

πάσῃPAH-say

ὑπομονῇhoo-poh-moh-NAY

σημείοιςsay-MAY-oys

τεteh

καὶkai

τέρασινTEH-rah-seen

καὶkai

δυνάμεσινdoo-NAH-meh-seen

The Pieces

τὰGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

σημεῖαGreek noun, neuter

τοῦGreek article

ἀποστόλουGreek noun, masculine

κατειργάσθηGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

πάσῃGreek adjective

ὑπομονῇGreek noun, feminine

σημείοιςGreek noun, neuter

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

τέρασινGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

δυνάμεσινGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

signA sign, miracle, indication, mark, token.σημεῖον, -ου, τό [in LXX chiefly for אוֹת;] a sign, mark, token; of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others: Mt 26:48, Lk 2:12, II Th 3:17 (cf. Deiss., LAE, 153 2 ); seq. gen. epexeg., Ro 4:11; c. gen. obj., Mt 24:8, 30, II Co 12:12; c. gen. subj., Mt 16:3; a sign of warning or admonition: Mt 12:39 16:4, Lk 2:34 11:29, 30, I Co 14:22; a sign portending future events (Soph., Plat. al.): Mk 13:4, Lk 21:7, 11, 25, Ac 2:19, Re 12:1, 3 15:1; of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded as signs of a divine authority: Mt 12:38, 39 16:1, 4, Mk 8:11, 12 Lk 11:16, 29 23:8, Jo 2:11, 18, 23 4:54 6:30 10:41 12:18, Ac 4:16, 22; pl., Mk 16:[17, 20], Jo 2:11, 23 3:2 6:2, 14, 26 7:31 9:16 11:47 12:37 20:30, Ac 8:6, I Co 1:22 (Lft., Notes, 162); the same ascribed to false teachers and demons: Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22, II Th 2:9, Re 13:13, 14 16:14 19:20; σ. καὶ τέρατα ( τ. καὶ σ.; cf. Tr., Syn., § xci), Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22, Jo 4:48, Ac 2:19, 43 4:30 5:12 6:8 7:36 14:3 15:12, Ro 15:19, II Th 2:9; id. seq. καὶ δυνάμεις, II Co 12:12, He 2:4; σ. καὶ δυνάμεις, Ac 8:13; δ. καὶ τ. καὶ σ., Ac 2:22; σ. διδόναι, Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22.†Scroll for more

to workout/produceI effect by labor, achieve, work out, bring about.κατ-εργάζομαι (emphatic form of ἐργάζομαι ), [in LXX for פּעל, etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word);] to effect by labour, achieve, work out, bring about: c. acc., Ro 4:15 5:3 7:8, 15, 17, 18, 20, II Co 7:10, Eph 6:13, Ja 1:3; pass., II Co 12:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Ro 7:13, II Co 4:17 7:11 9:11; id. seq. διά, c. gen. pers., Ro 15:18; τ. σωτηρίαν, Phl 2:12; c. acc. pers. seq. εἰς, II Co 5:5 (RV, wrought ); of evil deeds, Ro 1:27 2:9, I Co 5:3, I Pe 4:3.†Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

perseveranceEndurance, steadfastness, patient waiting for.ὑπο-μονή, -ῆς, ἡ ( ὑπομένω ) [in LXX for מִקְוֶה and cogn. forms; freq. in IV Mac;] a remaining behind (Arist.). patient enduring, endurance: Lk 8:15 21:19, Ro 5:3, 4 15:4, 5, II Co 6:4 12:12, Col 1:11, II Th 1:4, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:10, Tit 2:2, He 10:36, Ja 1:3, 4 5:11, II Pe 1:6, Re 2:2, 3, 19 13:10 14:12; δι’ ὑπομονῆς, Ro 8:25, He 12:1; c. gen. pers., II Th 3:5 ( ICC, in l.), Re 3:10; c. gen. rei, Ro 2:7, II Co 1:6, I Th 1:3; seq. ἐν, Re 1:9.† SYN.: v.s. μακροθυμία, and cf. Hort on Ja 1:3Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

wondersA wonder, portent, marvel.τέρας, -ατος, τό [in LXX chiefly for מוֹפֵת;] a wonder, marvel: in NT always pl., τ. κ. σημεῖα, Mt 24:24, al. (v.s. σημεῖον )Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 18:31

← Back to Nehemiah 5:15

← Back to Acts 20:35

← Back to Romans 12:3

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:12

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:15

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:16

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:9

← Back to 3 John 1:7

2 Corinthians 12:13

13For what is there wherein ye were made inferior to the rest of the churches except it be that I myself was not a burden to you forgive me this wrong

Related verses (4)

2 Corinthians 12:14 | 2 Corinthians 11:8-9 | 1 Corinthians 9:6, 12, 15-18 | 2 Corinthians 11:7

what

For

is there

wherein

ye were made inferior

the

rest

of the churches

except it be

that

myself

not

was … a burden

to you

forgive

The ASV does not translate this word.

wrong

this

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

τίtee

γάρgahr

ἐστινeh-steen

ὃhoh

ἡσσώθητεhay-SOH-thay-teh

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τὰςtahs

λοιπὰςloy-PAHS

ἐκκλησίαςeh-klay-SEE-ahs

εἰay

μὴmay

ὅτιHOH-tee

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

ἐγὼeh-GOH

οὐoo

κατενάρκησαkah-teh-NAHR-kay-sah

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

χαρίσασθέchah-REE-sah-stheh

μοιmoy

τὴνtayn

ἀδικίανah-dee-KEE-ahn

ταύτηνTOW-tayn

The Pieces

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

γάρGreek conjunction

ἐστινGreek verb

ὃGreek relative pronoun

ἡσσώθητεGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τὰςGreek article

λοιπὰςGreek adjective

ἐκκλησίαςGreek noun, feminine

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

ὅτιGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

κατενάρκησαGreek verb

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

χαρίσασθέGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

ἀδικίανGreek noun, feminine

ταύτηνGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

be lesserI am defeated, am overcome, am made inferior.ἡττάω, -ῶ ( ἡσσ-, II Co 12:13, v.s. ἥσσων ), [in LXX for חתת, etc.;] pass., to be inferior: seq. ὑπέρ, II Co 12:13. to be overcome: absol., II Pe 2:20; c. dat., II Pe 2:19.†Scroll for more

remainingLeft, left behind, the remainder, the rest, the others.λοιπός, -ή, -όν (< λείπω ), [in LXX chiefly for יֶתֶר, also for שְׁאָר, etc.;] the remaining, the rest, pl., οἱ λ.: c. subst., Mt 25:11, Ac 2:37, Ro 1:13, al.; absol., Mt 22:6, Mk 16:[13], Lk 24:10, al.; οἱ λ. οἱ (Bl., § 47, 8), Ac 28:9, I Th 4:13, Re 2:24; οἱ λ. τ. ἀνθρώπων (LS, s.v., ad. init.), Re 9:20; τὰ λ., Mk 4:19, Re 3:2, al. Neut. sing. (acc. ref.), adverbially, τὸ λ.; for the future, henceforth: Mk 14:41, I Co 7:29 (Lft., Notes, 232 f.), He 10:13; anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 176 16, 188 5, 20 ), Ac 27:20, II Ti 4:8; τοῦ λ. (sc. χρόνου; LS, s.v.; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), Ga 6:17, Eph 6:10; besides, moreover, for the rest: Phl 3:1 4:8; anarth., I Co 1:16 4:2, I Th 4:1 (M, Th., in l; Lft., Notes, 51).Scroll for more

assemblyAn assembly, congregation, church; the Church, the whole body of Christian believers.ἐκκλησία, -ας, ἡ (< ἐκ-καλέω ), [in LXX chiefly for קָהָל, otherwise for one of its cogn. forms;] prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc., ii, 22, opp. to σύλλογος, a concourse ): Ac 19:32, 39, 41. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 4:10 23:2, al.): Ac 7:38, He 2:12 (LXX). NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church; of gatherings for worship: I Co 11:18 14:19, 34, 35; of local communities: Ac 8:3, I Co 4:17; with name added, Ac 8:1, Ro 16:1, I Th 1:1, al.; pl., Ac 15:41, I Co 7:17; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 16:16; τ. Ἀσίας, I Co 16:19; τ. ἁγίων, I Co 14:33; εἰπὸν τ. ἐκκλησίᾳ, Mt 18:17 (but v. Hort, Ecclesia, 10); of a house-congregation ( DB, i, 431a), Ro 16:5, I Co 16:19, Col 4:15, Phm 2; of the whole body of Christians: Mt 16:18, I Co 12:28, Eph 1:22, Phl 3:6, al.; τ. θεοῦ, Ac 20:28 ( Κυρίου, T, R, mg.), I Co 15:9, Ga 1:13, I Ti 3:15; ἐ. προτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς, He 12:23. SYN.: συναγωγή, q.v. (v. Tr., Syn., §i; DB, i, 426; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4ff., 107ff.; Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37ff.; reff. s.vv. "Church," "Congregation," in DB and DCG; Cremer, 332).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to burden(properly a medical term: I stupefy, hence) I burden, encumber.* κατα-ναρκάω, -ῶ (< ναρκάω, to grow numb, in LXX, in causal sense, for יקע, Ge 32:25 ( 26 ); without Heb. equiv., Ge 32:32 ( 33 ), Jb 33:19, Da LXX 11:6 *); to cause to grow numb. Intrans., to grow numb; hence metaph., to be inactive, be burdensome to c. gen., II Co 11:9 12:13, 14; pass., to be quite numb (Hippocr.).†Scroll for more

to give grace(a) I show favor to, (b) I pardon, forgive, (c) I show kindness.χαρίζομαι (< χάρις ), [in LXX: Es 8:7 ( נתן ), Ca 1:4 א, Si 12:3, II-IV Mac 9 *;] to show favour or kindness: c. dat. pers., Ga 3:18. to give freely, bestow: c. acc et dat., Lk 7:21, Ac 3:14 25:11, 16 27:24, Ro 8:32, I Co 2:12, Phl 1:29 2:9, Phm 22. In late Gk. (= Lat. condonare ), to grant forgiveness, forgive freely: of debt, Lk 7:42, 43 (EGT, in l.); of sin, II Co 2:7, 10 12:13, Eph 4:32, Col 2:13 3:13 (cf. DB, ii, 57 a ).†Scroll for more

unrighteousnessInjustice, unrighteousness, hurt.ἀδικία, -ας, ἡ (< ἄδικος ), [in LXX for עָוֹן, פֶּשַׁע, עָוֶל, etc.;] injustice: Lk 18:6, Ro 9:14. unrighteousness, iniquity: Jo 7:18, Ac 8:23, Ro 1:18, 29 2:8 6:13, II Ti 2:19, I Jo 1:9 5:17; opp. to ἀλήθεια, I Co 13:6, II Th 2:12; to δικαιοσύνη, Ro 3:5; ἀπάτη τῆς ἀ., II Th 2:10; μισθὸς ἀδικίας, Ac 1:18, II Pe 2:13, 15; ἐγράται τῆς ἀ., Lk 13:27; μαμωνᾶς τῆς ἀ., Lk 16:9; κόσμος τῆς ἀ., Ja 3:6; οἰκονόμος τῆς ἀ., Lk 16:8. = ἀδίκημα, an unrighteous act: ironically, a favour, II Co 12:13; pl., He 8:12 (Cremer, 261; MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

her

← Back to Genesis 14:23

← Back to Genesis 30:30

← Back to Numbers 16:15

← Back to 1 Samuel 12:3

← Back to 2 Kings 5:16

← Back to Proverbs 19:14

← Back to Acts 20:33

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:14

← Back to 2 Corinthians 7:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:15

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:1

← Back to 1 Timothy 5:8

← Back to 1 Peter 5:2

2 Corinthians 12:14

14Behold this is the third time I am ready to come to you and I will not be a burden to you for I seek not yours but you for the children ought not to lay up for the parents but the parents for the children

Word By Word, In Greek Order1Behold | 2the third time | 3this is | 4ready | 5I am | 6to come | 7to | 8you | 9and | 10not | 11I will … be a burden to you | 12not | 13for | 14I seek | 15— | 16yours | 17but | 18you | 19not | 20for | 21ought | 22the | 23children | 24for the | 25parents | 26to lay up | 27but | 28the | 29parents | 30for the | 31children

Related verses (17)

Behold

the third time

this is

ready

I am

to come

you

and

not

I will … be a burden to you

not

for

I seek

The ASV does not translate this word.

yours

but

you

not

for

ought

the

children

for the

parents

to lay up

but

the

parents

for the

children

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Ἰδοὺee-DOO

τρίτονTREE-tohn

τοῦτοTOO-toh

ἑτοίμωςheh-TOY-mohs

ἔχωEH-choh

ἐλθεῖνel-THAYN

πρὸςprohs

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

καὶkai

οὐoo

καταναρκήσωkah-tah-nahr-KAY-soh

οὐoo

γὰρgahr

ζητῶzay-TOH

τὰtah

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

οὐoo

γὰρgahr

ὀφείλειoh-FAY-lay

τὰtah

τέκναTEH-knah

τοῖςtoys

γονεῦσινgoh-NYOO-seen

θησαυρίζεινthay-sow-REE-zayn

ἀλλὰah-LAH

οἱhoy

γονεῖςgoh-NAYS

τοῖςtoys

τέκνοιςTEH-knoys

The Pieces

ἸδοὺGreek interjection

τρίτονGreek adjective

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἑτοίμωςGreek adverb

ἔχωGreek verb

ἐλθεῖνGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὑμᾶς

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

καταναρκήσωGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

γὰρGreek conjunction

ζητῶGreek verb

τὰGreek article

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ὑμᾶς

οὐGreek negative particle

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὀφείλειGreek verb

τὰGreek article

τέκναGreek noun, neuter

τοῖςGreek article

γονεῦσινGreek noun, masculine

θησαυρίζεινGreek verb

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

γονεῖςGreek noun, masculine

τοῖςGreek article

τέκνοιςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

look!See! Lo! Behold! Look!.ἰδού, [in LXX chiefly for הִנֵּה,] prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of ὁράω, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in LXX and NT than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see: Mt 10:16 11:8 13:3, Mk 3:32, Lk 2:48, I Co 15:51, Ja 5:9, Ju 14, Re 1:7, al.; after gen. absol., Mt 1:20 2:1, 13 12:46, al.; καὶ ἰδού, Mt 2:9 (and freq.), Lk 1:20 10:25, Ac 12:7, al.; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or predicate (like הִנֵּה in Heb.), Mt 3:17, Lk 5:12 22:31, 47, Ac 8:27, 36 al.Scroll for more

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

readilyReadily.ἑτοίμως, adv. [in LXX: II Es 7:17 ff., Da LXX TH 3:15 *;] readily: I Pe 4:5; ἑ. ἔχω, to be ready (Deiss., BS, 252; MM, Exp., xiv): c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

to seekI seek, search for, desire, require, demand.ζητέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for בּקשׁ pi., also for דּרשׁ, etc.;] to seek, seek for: Mt 7:7, 8, Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc. pers., Mk 1:37, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:24, al.; id. seq. ἐν, Ac 9:11; c. acc. rei, Mt 13:45, Lk 19:10; seq. ἐν, Lk 13:6, 7; ψυχήν, of plotting against one's life ( Ex 4:19, al.), Mt 2:20, Ro 11:3 (LXX). Metaph., to seek by thinking, search after, inquire into: Mk 11:18, Lk 12:28, Jo 16:19; τ. θεόν, Ac 17:27. to seek or strive after, desire: Mt 12:46, Mk 12:12, Lk 9:9, Jo 5:18, Ro 10:3, al.; τ. θάνατον, Re 9:6; τ. βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 (Dalman, Words, 121 f.); τὰ ἄνω, Col 3:1; εἰρήνην, I Pe 3:11 (LXX). to require, demand: c. acc. rei, Mk 8:12, Lk 11:29, I Co 1:22, II Co 13:3; seq. παρά, Mk 8:11, al.; ἵνα, I Co 4:2 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-ζητέω ).Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

childA child, descendent, inhabitant.τέκνον, -ου, τό (< τίκτω ), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc.;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn ), a child of either sex: Mk 13:12, Lk 1:7, Ac 7:5; pl., Mt 7:11, Mk 7:27, Lk 1:17, Eph 6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים ), of posterity, Mt 2:18, Lk 3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 21:28, Ac 21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9:2 21:28, Mk 2:5, Lk 2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; v. Bl., §37, 5), Ga 4:19 ( τεκνία, WH, txt.), II Ti 2:1. Metaph., of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.): Phm 10, I Ti 1:2, Tit 1:4, III Jo 4; with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.s. πατήρ, γεννάω ), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Is 30:1, Wi 16:21 ): Ro 8:16, Eph 5:1, Phl 2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jo 1:12, I Jo 3:1 al.; of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, Jo 8:39, Ro 9:7, I Pe 3:6; τ. διαβόλου, I Jo 3:10; as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2:23, Ps 149:2, I Mac 1:38 ), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 23:37, Lk 13:34 19:44, Ga 4:25; with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph 5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, I Pe 1:14; κατάρας, II Pe 2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3. SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

parentA begetter, father; plur: parents.γονεύς, -έως, ὁ (< γίγνομαι ), [in LXX for אָב, אֵם;] a begetter, a father; mostly in pl., οἱ γ., parents: Lk 2:41, 43 8:56 21:16, Jo 9:2, 3, 20, 22, 23 Ro 1:30, II Co 12:14, Eph 6:1, Col 3:20, II Ti 3:2; acc. pl. (Hellenistic, v. Thackeray, Gr., i, 148), γονεῖς, Mt 10:21, Mk 13:22, Lk 2:27 18:29, Jo 9:18.†Scroll for more

to store upI store up, treasure up, save, lay up.θησαυρίζω, [in LXX for צפן, etc.;] to lay up, store up: of riches, Ja 5:3; id. c. dat. pers., Lk 12:21, II Co 12:14; c. acc. rei, I Co 16:2; θησαυροὺς ἑαυτῷ, Mt 6:19, 20; pass., II Pe 3:7; metaph., ὀργὴν ἑαντῷ, Ro 2:5 (cf. Pr 1:18, Pss. Sol 9:9 ).†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 18:18

← Back to Exodus 28:30

← Back to Deuteronomy 22:4

← Back to Psalms 109:4

← Back to Isaiah 49:4

← Back to Matthew 20:27

← Back to Mark 10:21

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:14

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:24

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:4

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:16

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:11

← Back to 2 Corinthians 7:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:11

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:19

← Back to Galatians 5:13

← Back to Philippians 2:17

← Back to Philippians 2:30

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:8

2 Corinthians 12:15

15And I will most gladly spend and be spent for your souls If I love you more abundantly am I loved the less

Related verses (17)

And

most gladly

will … spend

and

be spent

for

The ASV does not translate this word.

souls

your

more abundantly

you

I love

the less

am I loved

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐγὼeh-GOH

δὲdeh

ἥδισταHAY-dee-stah

δαπανήσωdah-pah-NAY-soh

καὶkai

ἐκδαπανηθήσομαιek-dah-pah-nay-THAY-soh-mai

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τῶνtohn

ψυχῶνpsoo-CHOHN

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

εἰay

περισσοτέρωςpeh-ree-soh-TEH-rohs

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ἀγαπῶνah-gah-POHN

ἧσσονHAY-sohn

ἀγαπῶμαιah-gah-POH-mai

The Pieces

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

ἥδισταGreek adjective

δαπανήσωGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐκδαπανηθήσομαιGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ψυχῶνGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

εἰGreek conditional

περισσοτέρωςGreek comparative adverb

ὑμᾶς

ἀγαπῶνGreek verb

ἧσσονGreek adjective

ἀγαπῶμαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

most gladlyMost gladly, most pleasantly.ἥδιστα, v.s. ἡδέως.Scroll for more

to spendI spend, bear expense, waste, squander.** δαπανάω, -ῶ [in LXX: To 1:7, I Mac 14:32, al.;] to spend, expend: c. acc., Mk 5:26; seq. ἐπί, c. dat. pers., Ac 21:24; ὑπέρ, II Co 12:15. to consume, squander: Lk 15:14; ἐν τ. ἡδσναῖς (on the constr. with ἐν, v. Hort, Mayor, in l.), Ja 4:3 (cf. ἐκ-, προσ- δ. ).†Scroll for more

to expendI spend (give out) completely, exhaust.*† ἐκ-δαπανάω, -ῶ strengthened form of δαπανάω, to spend wholly; pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly: seq. ὑπέρ, II Co 12:15.†Scroll for more

soul(a) the vital breath, breath of life, (b) the human soul, (c) the soul as the seat of affections and will, (d) the self, (e) a human person, an individual.ψυχή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX very freq. for נֶפֶשׁ, sometimes for לֵבַב,לֵב, etc.;] breath (Lat. anima ), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; in Arist., of the vital principle ): Mt 6:25, Mk 3:4 10:45, Lk 12:22, Jo 10:11, Ac 20:10, 24, II Co 1:23, Phl 2:30, I Th 2:8, al. the soul, as the seat of the will, desires and affections: Mt 26:38, Mk 12:30 (LXX) 14:34, Lk 1:46, Jo 10:24, Ac 14:2, Phl 1:27, al.; ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the heart, heartily: Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; as a periphrasis for person or self (freq. in translation from Semitic originals, v. M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 113 ff.; but also freq. in cl., v. LS, s.v. II, 2; Edwards, Lex., App. A.): Mt 11:29, Mk 8:36, Ac 2:41, Ro 2:9, I Pe 3:20, al.; πᾶσα ψ., Ac 2:43 3:23 (LXX), Ro 13:1; ψ. ζῶσα (ζωῆς), I Co 15:45, Re 16:3; as the object of divine grace and eternal salvation: He 13:17, Ja 1:21 5:20, I Pe 1:9, 22 2:11 4:19, III Jo 2. SYN.: v.s. νοῦς, πνεῦμα, ψυχικός, and cf. ICC on I Th 5:23, Lft., Notes, 88 f.Scroll for more

more excessively

to loveI love, wish well to, take pleasure in, long for; denotes the love of reason, esteem.ἀγαπάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for אהב;] to love, to feel and exhibit esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing. Of human affection, to men: τ. πλησίον, Mt 5:43; τ. ἐχθρούς, ib. 44; to Christ, Jo 8:42; to God, Mt 22:37; c. acc. rei, Lk 11:43, Jo 12:43, Eph 5:25, II Tim 4:8, 10, He 1:9, I Pe 2:17, 3:10, II Pe 2:15, I Jo 2:15, Re 12:11. Of divine love; God's love: to men, Ro 8:37; to Christ, Jo 3:35; Christ's love: to men, Mk 10:21; to God, Jo 14:31; c. cogn. acc., Jo 17:26, Eph 2:4. SYN.: φιλέω. From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS; but v. also Boisacq) ἀ. is commonly understood properly to denote love based on esteem ( diligo ), as distinct from that expressed by φιλέω ( amo ), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, ἀ. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. ἀγάπη, and v. Tr., Syn. §xii; Cremer, 9, 592; and esp. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

less/worseLesser, inferior, weaker.ἥσσων (Rec. ἥττ-, the Attic literary form), ἧσσον, inferior, less; neut., τὸ ἧ., adverbially, less: II Co 12:15; εἰς τὸ ἧ., for the worse (opp. to κρεῖττον ): I Co 11:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Kings 5:22

← Back to 2 Kings 10:19

← Back to Nehemiah 5:16

← Back to Matthew 4:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:3

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:3

← Back to 2 Peter 1:16

2 Corinthians 12:16

16But be it so I did not myself burden you but being crafty I caught you with guile

Word By Word, In Greek Order1be it so | 2But | 3I … myself | 4not | 5did … burden | 6you | 7but | 8being | 9crafty | 10with guile | 11you | 12I caught

Related verses (8)

be it so

But

I … myself

not

did … burden

you

but

being

crafty

with guile

you

I caught

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

ἔστωEH-stoh

δέdeh

ἐγὼeh-GOH

οὐoo

κατεβάρησαkah-teh-BAH-ray-sah

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ὑπάρχωνhoo-PAHR-chohn

πανοῦργοςpah-NOOR-gohs

δόλῳDOH-loh

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ἔλαβονEH-lah-bohn

The Pieces

ἔστωGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

κατεβάρησαGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ὑπάρχωνGreek verb

πανοῦργοςGreek adjective

δόλῳGreek noun, masculine

ὑμᾶς

ἔλαβονGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to burdenI burden, oppress, weigh down.*† κατα-βαρέω, -ῶ, to weigh down: metaph., c. acc. pers., II Co 12:16.†Scroll for more

be alreadyI begin, am, exist, am in possession.ὑπάρχω [in LXX for הָיָה, יֵשׁ, לוּן, etc.; τ. ὑπάρχοντα for מִקְנֶה, רְכוּשׁ, etc.;] to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hdt., al.). to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Ac 19:40 27:12, 21; seq. ἐν, Ac 28:18. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, xxv): c. nom. pred., Lk 8:41 9:48, Ac 4:34 7:55 8:16 16:3 19:36 21:20, I Co 7:26 12:22, Ja 2:15, II Pe 3:11; ptcp. c. pred., Lk 16:14 23:50, Ac 2:30 3:2 17:24 22:3, Ro 4:19, I Co 11:7, II Co 8:17 12:16, Ga 1:14 2:14; pl., Lk 11:13, Ac 16:20, 37 17:29, II Pe 2:19; seq. ἐν, c. dat. rei, Lk 7:25 16:23, Ac 5:4 10:12, I Co 11:18, Phl 3:20; ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων (R, mg., being originally ), Phl 2:6; ἐν, c. dat. pers., ( among ), I Co 11:18; μακρὰν ἀπό, Ac 17:27; πρὸς τ. σωτηρίας, Ac 27:34. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): c. dat. pers., Ac 3:6 4:37 28:7, II Pe 1:8; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, one's belongings, possessions: c. dat. pers., Lk 8:3 12:15, Ac 4:32; c. gen. pers., Mt 19:21 24:47 25:14, Lk 11:21 12:33, 44 14:33 16:1 19:8, I Co 13:3, He 10:34 (cf. προ-υπάρχω ).†Scroll for more

craftyCunning, crafty, skilful, clever.πανοῦργος, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for עָרוּם;] ready to do anything; in cl., chiefly in bad sense, knavish, crafty: II Co 12:16; in good sense, skilful, clever ( Pr 13:1 28:2 ).†Scroll for more

deceitDeceit, guile, treachery.δόλος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מִרְמָה;] in Hom., a bait. a snare. In the abstract, craft, deceit: Mt 26:4, Mk 7:22 14:1, Jo 1:47, Ac 13:10, Ro 1:29, II Co 12:16, I Th 2:3, I Pe 2:1, 22 3:10 (LXX) ( λαλῆσαι δ. ).†Scroll for more

to take(a) I receive, get, (b) I take, lay hold of.λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;] to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers., φόβος, Lk 7:16; πνεῦμα, Lk 9:39; πειρασμός, I Co 10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re 5:7 8:5, al. to receive: absol., opp. to αἰτεῖν, Mt 7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mt 10:8, Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei, Mt 27:6, Mk 10:30, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:21 13:20 19:27, II Jo 10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14:65; metaph., τ. λόγον, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jo 3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jo 12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- ( -μαι ), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω ).Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 31:32

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:5

← Back to 2 Peter 2:3

2 Corinthians 12:17

17Did I take advantage of you by any one of them whom I have sent unto you

Related verses (4)

2 Corinthians 12:18 | 2 Kings 5:16, 20-27 | 1 Corinthians 4:17 | 1 Corinthians 16:10

The ASV does not translate this word.

any one

of them whom

I have sent

unto

you

The ASV does not translate this word.

Did I take advantage

of you

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

μήmay

τιναtee-nah

ὧνhohn

ἀπέσταλκαah-PEH-stahl-kah

πρὸςprohs

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

διdee

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἐπλεονέκτησαeh-pleh-oh-NEH-ktay-sah

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

The Pieces

μήGreek negative particle

τιναGreek indefinite pronoun

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

ἀπέσταλκαGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὑμᾶς

διGreek preposition

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἐπλεονέκτησαGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

What It Can Mean

to sendI send forth, send (as a messenger, commission, etc.), send away, dismiss.ἀπο-στέλλω, [in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח;] prop., to send away, to dispatch on service; to send with a commission, or on service; of persons: Christ, Mt 10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mk 12:2; angels, 13:27; of things: ὄνος, Mt 21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mk 4:29; τ. λόγον, Ac 10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24:49, Rec.; seq. εἰς, Mt 20:2, Lk 11:49, Jo 3:17; ὀπίσω, Lk 19:14; ἔμπροσθεν, Jo 3:28; πρὸ προσώπου, Mt 11:10; πρός, Mt 21:34; with ref. to sender or place of departure: ἀπό, Lk 1:26 (Rec. ὑπό ); παρά, Jo 1:6; ἐκ, Jo 1:19; ὑπό, Ac 10:17 (Rec. ἀπό ); seq. inf., Mk 3:14, al.; ἵνα, Mk 12:2, al.; εἰς (of purpose), He 1:14; without direct obj.: seq. πρός, Jo 5:33; λέγων, Jo 11:3; ἀποστείλας, c. indic., Mt 2:16, Ac 7:14, Re 1:1. to send away, dismiss: Lk 4:18, Mk 5:10 8:26 12:3 (cf. ἐξ-, συν-αποστέλλω ). SYN.: πέμπω, the general term. ἀ. "suggests official or authoritative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. πέμπω; Westc., Jo., 298; Epp. Jo., 125; Cremer, 529; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

to exploitI take advantage of, overreach, defraud.πλεονεκτέω, -ῶ (< πλεονέκτης, q.v.), [in LXX: Hb 2:9, Ez 22:27 ( בּצע ), Jg 4:11 B*;] intrans., to have more, to have an advantage (cl., c. gen. pers.). Trans., in late writers (v. M, Pr., 65), to overreach, defraud: c. acc. pers., II Co 7:2 12:17, 18; ἐν τ. πράγματι, I Th 4:6 (v. M, Th., in l.); pass., II Co 2:11 (as also in cl.; v. LS, s.v.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 4:12

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 8:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 8:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 8:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:17

← Back to Colossians 4:8

← Back to Titus 1:4

2 Corinthians 12:18

18I exhorted Titus and I sent the brother with him Did Titus take any advantage of you walked we not in the same spirit walked we not in the same steps

Related verses (11)

I exhorted

Titus

and

I sent … with him

the

brother

The ASV does not translate this word.

Did … take any advantage

of you

Titus

not

in the

same

spirit

walked we

not

walked we … in the

same

steps

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

παρεκάλεσαpah-reh-KAH-leh-sah

ΤίτονTEE-tohn

καὶkai

συναπέστειλαsoo-nah-PEH-stay-lah

τὸνtohn

ἀδελφόνah-del-FOHN

μήτιMAY-tee

ἐπλεονέκτησενeh-pleh-oh-NEH-ktay-sen

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ΤίτοςTEE-tohs

οὐoo

τῷtoh

αὐτῷow-TOH

πνεύματιPNYOO-mah-tee

περιεπατήσαμενpeh-ree-eh-pah-TAY-sah-men

οὐoo

τοῖςtoys

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἴχνεσινEECH-neh-seen

The Pieces

παρεκάλεσαGreek verb

Τίτονname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

συναπέστειλαGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

ἀδελφόνGreek noun, masculine

μήτιGreek negative particle

ἐπλεονέκτησενGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

Τίτοςname of a person

οὐGreek negative particle

τῷGreek article

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

πνεύματιGreek noun, neuter

περιεπατήσαμενGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

τοῖςGreek article

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἴχνεσινGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

TitusTitus, a Greek Christian, helper of Paul, perhaps also brother of Luke.Τίτος, -ου, ὁ Titus; St. Paul's disciple and companion: II Co 2:13 7:6, 13, 14 8:6, 16, 23 12:18, Ga 2:1, 3, II Ti 4:10, Tit 1:4, subscr., Rec. ( Τῖτος ). One surnamed Justus: Ac 18:7, RV (T, WH, Τίτιος ).†Scroll for more

to send withI send together with.συν-απο-στέλλω [in LXX: Ex 33:2, 12 ( שׁלח ), I Es 5:2 *;] to send along with: c. acc., II Co 12:18 (cf. MM, xxiv).†Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

surely notIf not, unless, whether at all.μή-τι, interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer: Mt 7:16 26:22, 25, Mk 4:21 14:19, Lk 6:39, Jo 8:22 18:35, Ac 10:47, II Co 12:18, Ja 3:11; in hesitant questions (v. M, Pr., 170 n ), μ οὗτός ἐστιν, can this be, Mt 12:23, Jo 4:29; μ. ἄρα, II Co 1:17; on εἰ μήτι ( Lk 9:13, cf. Bl., § 65, 6), v.s. εἰ.†Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

to walkI walk, hence Hebraistically (in an ethical sense): I conduct my life, live.περι-πατέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ pi., hith.;] to walk: absol., Mt 9:5, Mk 5:42, Lk 5:23, Jo 1:36; c. pred., γυμνός, Re 16:15; ἐπάνω Lk 11:44; διά, c. gen., Re 21:24; ἐν, Mk 11:27 12:38, Jo 7:1 11:54, Re 2:1, al.; ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ, fig., Jo 8:12 12:35, I Jn 1:6, 7 2:11; ἐπί, c. gen., Mt 14:26; id. c. dat., Mt 14:25, 29; μετά, Jo 6:66, Re 3:4; παρά, c. acc., Mt 4:18. Metaph., of living, passing one's life, conducting oneself (like ἀναστρέφομαι in Xen., Plut., LXX, π.; M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): ἀκριβῶς, Eph 5:15; ἀτάκτως, II Th 3:6, 11; εὐσχημόνως, Re 13:13, I Th 4:12; ἀξίως, c. gen., Eph 4:1, Col 1:10, I Th 2:12; καθώς ( ὥς ), Eph 4:17 5:8, 15, Phl 3:17, I Th 4:1; οὕτως ὥς, I Co 7:17; seq. nom. qual., Phl 3:18; c. dat., Ac 21:21, Ro 13:13, II Co 12:18, Ga 5:16; seq. ἐν, Ro 6:4, II Co 4:2 5:7 10:3, Eph 2:2, 10 4:17 5:2, Col 3:7 4:5, He 13:9, II Jn 4, 6, al.; ἐν Χριστῷ, Col 2:6; κατά, c. acc., Mk 7:5, Ro 8:4 14:15, I Co 3:3, II Co 10:2, II Jn 6 (cf. ἐν-περιπατέω ).Scroll for more

trackA track, footstep.ἴχνος, -εος (-ους), τό, [in LXX for כַּף, etc.;] a track, footstep: metaph. (as freq. in cl.), στοιχεῖν τοῖς ἴ., Ro 4:12; περιπατεῖν τοῖς ἴ., II Co 12:18; ἐπακολουθεῖν τοῖς ἴ., I Pe 2:21 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 9:31

← Back to Acts 22:1

← Back to Romans 9:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:14

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:23

← Back to 1 Corinthians 10:33

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:26

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:10

← Back to Galatians 1:10

← Back to Ephesians 4:12

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:11

2 Corinthians 12:19

19Ye think all this time that we are excusing ourselves unto you In the sight of God speak we in Christ But all things beloved are for your edifying

Related verses (15)

all this time

Ye think

that

unto you

we are excusing ourselves

In the sight of

God

Christ

speak we

things

But

all

beloved

are for

The ASV does not translate this word.

your

edifying

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

ΠάλαιPAH-lai

δοκεῖτεdoh-KAY-teh

ὅτιHOH-tee

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ἀπολογούμεθαah-poh-loh-GOO-meh-thah

κατέναντιkah-TEH-nahn-tee

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἐνen

Χριστῷchree-STOH

λαλοῦμενlah-LOO-men

τὰtah

δὲdeh

πάνταPAHN-tah

ἀγαπητοίah-gah-pay-TOY

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τῆςtays

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

οἰκοδομῆςoy-koh-doh-MAYS

The Pieces

ΠάλαιGreek adverb

δοκεῖτεGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ἀπολογούμεθαGreek verb

κατέναντιGreek preposition

θεοῦ

ἐνGreek preposition

Χριστῷname of a title or other name

λαλοῦμενGreek verb

τὰGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

πάνταGreek adjective

ἀγαπητοίGreek adjective

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

οἰκοδομῆςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

of oldOf old, long ago, in times past, former.πάλαι, adv. of time, [in LXX: Is 48:5, 7 ( מֵאָז ), etc.;] long ago, of old, in time past (denoting past time absolutely, as πρότερον relatively): Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13, He 1:1, Ju 4; as adj., c. art., II Pe 1:9; of time just past, Mk 6:47 (WH, mg.), 15:44 (WH, mg., R, txt.); c. durat. praes. (RV, all this time ), II Co 12:19.†Scroll for more

to thinkI think, seem, appear, it seems.δοκέω, -ῶ (< δόκος, opinion, < δέκομαι, Ion, form of δέχ- ), [in LXX for טוֹב, נָדַב, etc.;] to be of opinion, suppose: Mt 24:44, Lk 12:40, He 10:29; c. inf., Mt 3:9, Lk 8:18 24:37, Jo 5:39 16:2, Ac 12:9 27:13, I Co 3:18 7:40 8:2 10:12 14:37, Ga 6:3, Phl 3:4, Ja 1:26; c. acc et inf., I Co 12:23, II Co 11:16; seq. ὅτι, Mt 6:7 26:53, Mk 6:49, Lk 12:51 13:2, 4 19:11, Jo 5:45 11:13, 31 13:29 20:15, I Co 4:9, II Co 12:19, Ja 4:5. to seem, be reputed: Ac 25:27; c. inf., Mk 10:42, Lk 10:36 22:24, Ac 17:13 26:9, I Co 11:16 12:22, II Co 10:9, Ga 2:6, 9, He 4:1 12:11; οἱ δοκοῦντες, those of repute, Ga 2:2. Impers., it seems, c. dat. pers.; to think: Mt 17:25 18:12 21:28 22:17, 42 26:66, Jo 11:56, He 12:10; to please, seem good to: c. inf., Lk 1:3, Ac 15:22, 25, 23, 34.† SYN. ( δοκέω 1.): ἡγέομαι 2, νομίζω 2, οἴομαι; ἡ. and ν. properly express belief resting on external proof, ἡ. denoting the more careful judgment; δ. and οἴ. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of οἴ. is based on feeling, in δ. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17) ( δοκέω 2.): φαίνομαι; φ., from the standpoint of the object, "expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself"; δ., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxx; Cremer, 204).Scroll for more

to defend oneselfI give a defense, defend myself (especially in a law court): it can take an object of what is said in defense.ἀπολογέομαι, -οῦμαι (< ἀπό, λόγος ), [in LXX: Je 12:1 ( ויב perhaps a misspelling of ריב #7378 ) 38 (31):6, II Mac 13:26 *;] to defend: c. acc., Ro 2:15. to defend one's self: absol., Lk 21:14, Ac 26:1; seq. ὅτι, Ac 25:8; τί, to adduce something in one's defence, Lk 12:11, Ac 26:24 ( ταῦτα ) 24:10 ( τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ); περί, c. gen. rei, and ἐπί, c. gen. pers., Ac 26:2; c. dat. pers., Ac 19:33, II Co 12:19.†Scroll for more

beforeOpposite, in front (of), over against.† κατέναντι, adv., [in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶד ( לְ ), לִפְנֵי, etc.;] over against, opposite, before: ἡ, κ. κώμη, Lk 19:30; as prep., c. gen., Mt 21:2 27:24 ( ἀπ-, WH, mg.), Mk 11:2 12:41 ( ἀπ-, WH, mg.) 13:3; metaph., before, seq. θεοῦ, Ro 4:17, II Co 2:17 12:19.†Scroll for more

belovedLoved, beloved, with two special applications: the Beloved, a title of the Messiah (Christ), as beloved beyond all others by the God who sent Him; of Christians, as beloved by God, Christ, and one another.ἀγαπητός, -ή, -όν (< ἀγαπάω ), [in LXX chiefly for יָתִיד, יָדִיד;] beloved (v. M, Pr., 221); by God: of Christ, Mt 3:17; of men, Ro 1:7; by Christians, of one another: I Co 4:14; freq. as form of address, I Co 10:14; opp. to ἐχθρός, Ro 11:28 (v. AR, Eph., 229; Cremer, 17; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

building(a) the act of building, (b) a building, (c) met: spiritual advancement, edification.† οἰκοδομή, -ῆς, ἡ (< οἶκος, + δέμω, to build ), [in LXX: I Ch 29:1 A ( בִּירָה ), Ez 17:17 40:2 ( בּנה, מִבְנֶה ), Si 22:16 40:19, al.;] = cl. οἰκοδομία (q.v.), -δόμησις (Thuc., Plat.), the act of building; in NT always metaph., building up, edifying: Ro 14:19 15:2, I Co 14:26, II Co 10:8 13:10, Eph 4:29; c. gen. obj., I Co 14:12, II Co 12:19, Eph 4:12, 16; λαλεῖν, λαβεῖν, οἰ., I Co 14:3. = οἰκοδόμημα, a building: Mt 24:1, Mk 13:1, 2; metaph., I Co 3:9, II Co 5:1, Eph 2:21.†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 31:20

← Back to Psalms 41:7

← Back to Proverbs 16:28

← Back to Proverbs 17:19

← Back to Proverbs 25:23

← Back to Ezekiel 18:24

← Back to Matthew 13:47

← Back to Romans 1:29

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:11

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:3

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:21

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:8

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:11

← Back to 1 Corinthians 13:4

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 7:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 10:11

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:2

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:10

← Back to Galatians 4:11

← Back to Galatians 5:15

← Back to Galatians 5:19

← Back to Ephesians 4:31

← Back to Philippians 1:15

← Back to Philippians 2:3

← Back to Philippians 2:14

← Back to Colossians 2:18

← Back to Colossians 3:8

← Back to Titus 3:2

← Back to Titus 3:3

← Back to James 3:14

← Back to 1 Peter 2:1

← Back to Revelation 3:15

2 Corinthians 12:20

20For I fear lest by any means when I come I should find you not such as I would and should myself be found of you such as ye would not lest by any means there should be strife jealousy wraths factions backbitings whisperings swellings tumults

Related verses (25)

I fear

For

lest

by any means

when I come

not

such as

I would

I should find

you

and … myself

should … be found

of you

such as

not

ye would

lest

by any means

there should be strife

jealousy

wraths

factions

backbitings

whisperings

swellings

tumults

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

φοβοῦμαιfoh-BOO-mai

γὰρgahr

μήmay

πωςpohs

ἐλθὼνel-THOHN

οὐχooch

οἵουςHOY-oos

θέλωTHEH-loh

εὕρωHYOO-roh

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

κἀγὼkah-GOH

εὑρεθῶhyoo-reh-THOH

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

οἷονHOY-ohn

οὐoo

θέλετεTHEH-leh-teh

μήmay

πωςpohs

ἔριςEH-rees

ζῆλοςZAY-lohs

θυμοίthoo-MOY

ἐριθεῖαιeh-ree-THAY-ai

καταλαλιαίkah-tah-lah-lee-AI

ψιθυρισμοίpsee-thoo-ree-SMOY

φυσιώσειςfoo-see-OH-says

ἀκαταστασίαιah-kah-tah-stah-SEE-ai

The Pieces

φοβοῦμαιGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

μήGreek negative particle

πωςGreek particle

ἐλθὼνGreek verb

οὐχGreek negative particle

οἵουςGreek correlative pronoun

θέλωGreek verb

εὕρωGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

κἀγὼGreek conjunction

εὑρεθῶGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

οἷονGreek correlative pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

θέλετεGreek verb

μήGreek negative particle

πωςGreek particle

ἔριςGreek noun, feminine

ζῆλος

θυμοίGreek noun, masculine

ἐριθεῖαιGreek noun, feminine

καταλαλιαίGreek noun, feminine

ψιθυρισμοίGreek noun, masculine

φυσιώσειςGreek noun, feminine

ἀκαταστασίαιGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to fearI fear, dread, reverence, am afraid, terrified.φοβέω, ῶ (< φόβος ) [in LXX chiefly for ירא;] in Hom., to put to flight. Pass., to be put to flight, to flee affrighted to terrify, frighten (Wis 179; Hdt. and Att..). Pass. (so always in NT; cf. M, Pr., 162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear: Mt 10:31 14:27, Mk 5:33 6:50, Lk 1:13 8:50, Jo 6:19 12:15, Ac 16:38, al.; opp. to ὑψηλοφρονεῖν, Ro 11:20; σφόδρα, Mt 17:6 27:54; c. cogn. acc., φόβον μέγαν, Mk 4:41, Lk 2:9 ( I Mac 10:8 ); φόβον αὐτῶν (obj, gen., but cf. ICC, in l.), I Pe 3:14; πτόησιν, I Pe 3:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 10:26, Mk 11:18, Lk 19:21, Jo 9:22, Ac 9:26, Ro 13:3, al.; seq. ἀπό (like Heb. יָרֵא, Je 1:8, al.; cf. M, Pr., 102, 104 n ), Mt 10:28, Lk 12:4; seq. μή (cl.; Bl., § 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), Ac 23:10 27:17; μήπως, Ac 27:29, II Co 11:3 12:20, Ga 4:11; μήποτε, He 4:1; c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 4; M, Pr., 205), Mt 1:20, Mk 9:32, al.; of reverential fear: Mk 6:20, Eph 5:33; τ. θεόν, Lk 1:50, Ac 10:2, I Pe 2:17, Re 14:7, al.; τ. κύριον, Col 3:22, Re 15:4; τ. ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ (v.s. ὄνομα ), Re 11:18; οἱ φοβούμενοι τ. θεόν, of proselytes, Ac 13:16, 26 (cf. ἐκ-φοβέω )Scroll for more

how

such asOf what kind, such as.οἷος, -α, -ον, relat. pron., qualitative (related to ὅς as qualis to qui ), what sort or manner of, such as, in NT usually without its correl. τοιοῦτος: Mt 24:21, Mk 9:3, II Co 12:20, I Th 1:5, II Ti 3:11, Re 16:18; seq. τοιοῦτος, I Co 15:48, II Co 10:11; id. redundant, Mk 13:19; τ. αὐτὸν... σἷον, Phl 1:30; οὐχ οἷον δὲ ὅτι, elliptically, but it is not as though (RV), Ro 9:6.†Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

and II also, I too, but I.κἀγώ v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

how

quarrelContention, strife, wrangling.ἔρις, -ιδος acc, ἔριν (on the declension, v. B1., § 8, 3; WH, App., 157), ἡ, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139):20, Si 28:11 40:5, 9 *;] strife, wrangling, contention: Ro 1:29 13:13, I Co 3:3, II Co 12:20, Ga 5:20, Phl 1:15, I Ti 6:4, Tit 3:9; pl. (v.s. ἐριθία ), Ro 13:13, WH, mg., I Co 1:11, Ga, l.c., WH, mg.†Scroll for more

zeal(a) eagerness, zeal, enthusiasm, (b) jealousy, rivalry.ζῆλος, -ου, ὁ and in late Gk., also -εος, τό ( II Co 9:2, Phl 3:6 ), [in LXX for קִנְאָה, Nu 25:11, al.;] zeal: II Co 7:11 9:2; κατὰ ζῆλος, Phl 3:6; c. gen. obj., Jo 2:17 (LXX), Ro 10:2; seq. ὑπέρ, II Co 7:7; c. gen. subj., θεοῦ, II Co 11:2; πυρός, He 10:27 (cf. Is 26:11, Wi 5:18, and cf. Westc., in l.). jealousy: Ro 13:13, I Co 3:3, II Co 12:20, Ga 5:20 (WH, txt, RV), Ja 3:14, 16; πλησθῆναι ζήλου Ac 5:17 13:45; pl., ζῆλοι (v. B1., § 32, 6), Ga 5:20, WH, mg.†Scroll for more

wrathAn outburst of passion, wrath.θυμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< θύω ), [in LXX most freq. for אַף, also for חֵמָה, חָרוֹן, etc., 30 words in all;] passion, hot anger, wrath: He 11:27; ὀργὴ καὶ θ., Ro 2:8, cf. Col 3:8; πικρία κ. θ., Eph 4:31; πλησθῆναι, πλήρης θυμοῦ, Lk 4:28, Ac 19:28; θ. ἔχειν, Re 12:12; οἶνος τ. θυμοῦ τ. πορνείας (cf. Je 28 (51):7 ), Re 14:8 18:3 (cf. Re 17:2 ); οἶνος τ. θ. τ. θεοῦ, Re 14:10; id., τ. ὀργῆς τ. θεοῦ, Re 16:19 19:15; ὁ θ. τ. θεοῦ, Re 14:19 15:1, 7 16:1; pl., impulses or outbursts of anger: ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοὶ, ἐριθίαι, II Co 12:20, Ga 5:20 (Cremer, 287, 733).† SYN.: ὀργή, παροργισμός.Scroll for more

rivalry(the seeking of followers and adherents by means of gifts, the seeking of followers, hence) ambition, rivalry, self-seeking; a feud, faction.** ἐριθία (T, cl., -εία ), -ας, ἡ, [in Sm.: Ez 23:11 *;] (on the origin and history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff.; Ellic. on Ga 5:20; Cremer, 262) ambition, self-seeking, rivalry: Ja 3:14, 16; κατ’ ἐριθίαν, Phl 2:3; οἱ ἐξ ἐ., Ro 2:8, Phl 1:17; pl. (Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), II Co 12:20, Ga 5:20.†Scroll for more

slanderEvil-speaking, backbiting, detraction, slander.**† κατα-λαλιά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< κατάλαλος ), [in LXX: Wi 1:11 *;] evil-speaking, railing: pl., II Co 12:20, I Pe 2:1.†Scroll for more

gossipA whispering, secret slandering.† ψιθυρισμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ψιθυρίζω, to whisper), [in LXX: Ec 10:11 ( לַחַשׁ ) *;] a whispering; of secret slander, II Co 12:20 (Plut.); of a murmured enchantment, Ec, l.c. †Scroll for more

arroganceA puffing up, pride, swelling.*† φυσίωσις, -εως, ἡ (< φυσιόω ), a puffing up, swelling with pride: pl., II Co 12:20.†Scroll for more

disorderDisturbance, upheaval, revolution, almost anarchy, first in the political, and thence in the moral sphere.† ἀκαταστασία, -ας, ἡ (< ἀκατάστατος ), [in LXX: Pr 26:28 ( מִדְחֶה ), To 4:13 *;] instability (MM, VGT, s.v.); hence, confusion, tumult: I Co 14:33, Ja 3:16; pl. (Bl., §32, 6), Lk 21:9, II Co 6:5, 12:20 (Polyb., al.; v. Cremer, 739).†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 119:53

← Back to Psalms 119:59

← Back to Proverbs 7:26

← Back to Jeremiah 13:27

← Back to Ezekiel 9:4

← Back to Matthew 22:10

← Back to Acts 15:20

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 5:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 2:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 7:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:20

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:2

← Back to Ephesians 5:3

← Back to Philippians 4:19

← Back to Colossians 3:5

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:3

← Back to Hebrews 12:16

← Back to 1 Peter 4:3

← Back to 1 John 3:4

← Back to Revelation 2:22

← Back to Revelation 9:20

← Back to Revelation 9:21

← Back to Revelation 16:9

2 Corinthians 12:21

21lest again when I come my God should humble me before you and I should mourn for many of them that have sinned heretofore and repented not of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they committed

Word By Word, In Greek Order1lest | 2again | 3when … come | 4I | 5should humble | 6me | 7— | 8God | 9my | 10before | 11you | 12and | 13I should mourn | 14for many | 15of them | 16that have sinned heretofore | 17and | 18not | 19repented | 20of | 21the | 22uncleanness | 23and | 24fornication | 25and | 26lasciviousness | 27which | 28they committed

Related verses (34)

lest

again

when … come

should humble

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

before

you

and

I should mourn

for many

of them

that have sinned heretofore

and

not

repented

the

uncleanness

and

fornication

and

lasciviousness

which

they committed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

μὴmay

πάλινPAH-leen

ἐλθόντοςel-THOHN-tohs

μουmoo

ταπεινώσῃtah-pay-NOH-say

μεmeh

ὁhoh

θεόςtheh-OHS

μουmoo

πρὸςprohs

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

καὶkai

πενθήσωpen-THAY-soh

πολλοὺςpoh-LOOS

τῶνtohn

προημαρτηκότωνproh-ay-mahr-tay-KOH-tohn

καὶkai

μὴmay

μετανοησάντωνmeh-tah-noh-ay-SAHN-tohn

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τῇtay

ἀκαθαρσίᾳah-kah-thahr-SEE-ah

καὶkai

πορνείᾳpohr-NAY-ah

καὶkai

ἀσελγείᾳah-sel-GAY-ah

ᾗhay

ἔπραξανEH-prah-ksahn

The Pieces

μὴGreek negative particle

πάλινGreek adverb

ἐλθόντοςGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

ταπεινώσῃGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

θεός

μουGreek pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὑμᾶς

καὶGreek conjunction

πενθήσωGreek verb

πολλοὺςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τῶνGreek article

προημαρτηκότωνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

μετανοησάντωνGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

ἀκαθαρσίᾳGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

πορνείᾳGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀσελγείᾳGreek noun, feminine

ᾗGreek relative pronoun

ἔπραξανGreek verb

What It Can Mean

againAgain, back, once more, further, on the other hand.πάλιν, adv., [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc.;] of place, back, backwards (LS, s.v.). Of time, again, once more: Mt 4:8, Mk 2:13, Lk 23:20, Jo 1:35 (and freq.), Ac 17:32, Ro 11:23, Ga 1:9, He 1:6, al; pleonastically, π. ἀνακάμπτειν, Ac 18:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Ga 1:17; εἰς τὸ π., II Co 13:2; π. ἐκ τρίτου (Bl., § 81, 4), Mt 26:44; ἐκ δευτέρου, Mt 26:42, Ac 10:15; π. δεῦτερον, Jo 4:54 21:16; π. ἄνωθεν ( Wi 19:6 ), Ga 4:9. Rhetorically, again; further, moreover: Mt 5:33, Lk 13:20, Jo 12:39, al.; in turn, on the other hand (Soph.; LXX: Wi 13:8 16:23, al.): Lk 6:43, I Co 12:21, II Co 10:7, I Jo 2:8.Scroll for more

to humbleI make or bring low, humble, humiliate; pass: I am humbled.ταπεινόω, -ῶ (< ταπεινός ), [in LXX chiefly for עָנָה, also for שָׁפֵל, כָּנַע, etc.;] to make low: ὄρος ( βουνόν ), Lk 3:5 (LXX). Metaph., to humble, abase: Mt 18:4 23:12, Lk 14:11 18:14, II Co 11:7 12:21, Phl 2:8; pass., Mt 23:12, Lk 14:11 18:14, Phl 4:12; id. with mid. sense, Ja 4:10, I Pe 5:6.†Scroll for more

to mournI mourn, lament, feel guilt.πενθέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for אבל;] to mourn ( for ), lament; intrans.: Mt 5:4 ( 5 ) 9:15, I Co 5:2; π. καὶ κλαίειν, Mt 16:10, Lk 6:25, Ja 4:9, Re 18:15, 19; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Re 18:11; trans., c. acc., II Co 12:21.† SYN.: v.s. θρηνέω.Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

to sin beforehandI sin previously.*† προ-αμαρτάνω, to sin before: II Co 12:21 13:2.†Scroll for more

to repentI repent, change my mind, change the inner man (particularly with reference to acceptance of the will of God), repent.μετα-νοέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נחם ni., I Ki 15:29, Je 4:28, al.;] to change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent; in NT (exc. Lk 17:3, 4 ), of repentance from sin, involving amendment: seq. ἀπό, Ac 8:22; ἔκ, Re 2:21, 22 9:20, 21 16:11 ( מִן שׁוּב ); ἐπί, II Co 12:21; absol., Mt 3:2 4:17 11:20 12:41, Mk 1:15 6:12, Lk 11:32 13:3, 5 15:7, 10 16:30 17:3, 4, Ac 2:38 3:19 17:30 26:20 Re 2:5, 16, 21 3:3, 19; c. inf., Re 16:9; ἐν σάκκῳ κ. σποδῷ, Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13.† SYN.: μεταμέλομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

impurityUncleanness, impurity.ἀκαθαρσία, -ας, ἡ (< ἀκάθαρτος ), [in LXX chiefly for טֻמְאָה, טָמֵא;] uncleanness, impurity, physical (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 23:27; moral: Ro 1:24 6:19, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:19, Eph 4:19 5:3, Col 3:5, I Th 2:3 4:7.†Scroll for more

sexual sinFornication, whoredom; met: idolatry.πορνεία, -ας, ἡ (< πορνεύω ), [in LXX for זְנוּנִים, תַּזְנוּת and cogn. forms;] fornication: Ac 15:20, 29 21:25, I Co 5:1 6:13, 18, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:19, Eph 5:3, Col 3:5, I Th 4:3 (Lft., Notes, 53), Re 9:21; pl. (v. WM, 220; Bl., § 32, 6), I Co 7:2; disting. from μοιχεία, Mt 15:19, Mk 7:21; = μοιχεία ( Am 8:17, Si 23:23, al.), Mt 5:32 19:9. Metaph. (of idolatry: De 23:2, Ho 1:2 ): Jo 8:41 (Westc., in l.), and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm, s.v.; but v. Swete, in ll.), Re 2:21 14:18 17:2, 4 18:3 19:2.†Scroll for more

debauchery(outrageous conduct, conduct shocking to public decency, a wanton violence), wantonness, lewdness.** ἀσέλγεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἀσελγής, licentious; v. MM, s.v.), [in LXX: Wi 14:26, III Mac 2:26 *;] licentiousness, wantonness, excess: Mk 7:22, Ro 13:13, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:19 (Lft., in l.), Eph 4:19, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:2, 7, 18, Ju 4.† SYN.: ἀσωτία, profligacy, prodigality (v. Tr., Syn., § xvi; DB, iii, 46).Scroll for more

to do/requireI do, perform, accomplish; be in any condition, i.e. I fare; I exact, require.πράσσω, (Att. -ττω, and so Ac 17:7 Rec.; cf. M, Pr., 25, 45), [in LXX chiefly for עשׂה, פָּעַל;] = Lat agere, as ποιέω (q.v.) = facere, to do, practise, be engaged in: Ac 19:19, 36, I Co 9:17; τ. ἴδια π., to mind one's own business ( τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, Soph., Plat.), I Th 4:11; intrans., to act, Ac 17:7. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform: Ac 26:20, 26, Ro 7:15 9:11, II Co 5:10, Phl 4:9; νόμον ( ICC, in l.), Ro 2:25; of unworthy acts (for wh. usually ποιέω in cl.), to commit, do: Lk 22:23 23:41, Jo 3:20 5:29, Ac 3:17 5:35 16:28 25:11, 25 26:9, 31, Ro 1:32 ( ICC, in l.), 2:1-3 7:19 13:4, I Co 5:2, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:21. to transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.): Lk 3:13 19:23. Reflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare (Æsch., Hdt., al.): Eph 6:21; εὖ π. (v. M, Pr., 228 f.), Ac 15:29.† SYN.: v.s. ποιέω.Scroll for more

← Previous: 2 Corinthians 11 Next: 2 Corinthians 13 →